p10k06.htm -- Converted by SEC Publisher, created by BCL Technologies Inc., for SEC Filing
  UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
  FORM 10-K
 
 
x  ANNUAL REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006
  OR
 
             Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 for the transition period from/to
Commission File Number 001-14160
 
 
PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Florida   06-1110906
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation organization)   Identification No.)
 
 
1030 N. Orange Avenue, Suite 105    
Orlando, Florida   32801
(address of principal executive offices)   (zip code)
 
 
(407) 367-0944    
(Registrant’s telephone number, including    
area code)    
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.0001 par value   American Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
  NONE


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No þ .

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No þ  .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No ¨.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of (“accelerated filer and large accelerated filer”), an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act. ) Yes ¨ No þ

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock outstanding and held by non-affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933) of the registrant, based upon the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the American Stock Exchange on June 30, 2006 was approximately $134.0 million.

As of March 21, 2007 the number of common shares outstanding was: 66,679,788.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The terms “PainCare,” “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to PainCare Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context suggests otherwise.

     This annual report contains and may incorporate by reference “forward-looking” statements, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “believe,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” or other similar words. Variations on those or similar words, or the negatives of such words, also may indicate forward-looking statements.

     These forward-looking statements, which may include statements regarding our future financial performance or results of operations, including expected revenue growth, cash flow growth, future expenses, future operating margins and other future or expected performance, are subject to the following risks:

·    the acquisition of businesses or the launch of new lines of business, which could increase operating expenses and dilute operating margins
 
·    the inability to attract new patients by our owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices
 
·    increased competition, which could lead to negative pressure on our pricing and the need for increased marketing
 
·    the inability to maintain, establish or renew relationships with physician practices, whether due to competition or other factors
 
·    the inability to comply with regulatory requirements governing our owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices
 
·    that projected operating efficiencies will not be achieved due to implementation difficulties or contractual spending commitments that cannot be reduced
 
·    current cash on hand will be inadequate to fund daily operations
 
·    general risks associated with our businesses.

     In addition to the risks and uncertainties discussed above you can find additional information concerning risks and uncertainties that would cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or suggested in the forward-looking statements in this annual report under the section “Risk Factors.” The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report represent our judgment as of the date of this annual report, and you should not unduly rely on such statements.

     Unless otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this annual report. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in the filing may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.


TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I        
Item   1.   Business   1
Item   1 A.   Risk Factors   19
Item   1 B.   Unresolved Staff Comments   33
Item   2.   Properties   34
Item   3.   Legal Proceedings   34
Item   4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   35
PART II        
Item   5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of    
        Equity Securities   36
Item   6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data   38
Item   7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation   39
Item   7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   69
Item   8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   70
Item   9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   70
Item   9A.   Controls and Procedures   75
Item   9B.   Other Information   76
PART III        
Item   10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   76
Item   11.   Executive Compensation   79
Item   12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder    
        Matters   90
Item   13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    92
Item   14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   92
PART IV        
Item   15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   93
SIGNATURES       95


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

     PainCare Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) is a provider of pain-focused medical and surgical solutions. Through its proprietary network of acquired or managed physician practices and ambulatory surgery centers, and in partnership with independent physician practices and medical institutions throughout the United States and Canada, PainCare is committed to utilizing the most advanced science and technologies to diagnose and treat pain stemming from neurological and musculoskeletal conditions and disorders.

     We are a health care services company focused on the treatment of pain. We currently own or manage 24 pain-focused physician practices offering such services as: pain management, minimally invasive spine surgery and ancillary services including; orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint injections and diagnostic imaging services. Our physicians are trained in specialties such as interventional pain management, orthopedics or physiatry, and utilize the latest medical technologies, clinical practices and equipment to offer cost-effective pain relief.

     PainCare has defined four reportable segments: pain management, surgery, ancillary service and corporate and other. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Note 23” of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for financial information about these segments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

     We have grown our business through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions of complementary physician practices and outpatient surgery centers. To grow our physician practice revenue, our strategy is to acquire or enter into management agreements with profitable, well-established physician practices and expand the range of services they offer. For practices we have acquired, we survey the acquired practice and determine whether to expand the scope of services provided by the practice, including adding additional specialists such as physicians certified in pain management, neurosurgery, orthopedics or physiatry. By providing these additional services within the practice, we believe each practice can improve clinical outcomes, shorten treatment time and improve its profitability.

     We also have relationships with physician practices that we do not own, but provide limited management services to, such as in-house physical therapy, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint injection programs. With these additional resources, the physician practice itself is able to offer a broader range of services to its patient base.

     It is estimated that 75-150 million people in the United States have a chronic pain disorder according to a 2005 publication by the American Pain Society and, according to MarketData Enterprises, 2.9 million of those suffering seek treatment by pain specialists. Another 76.5 million Americans reported suffering from acute pain that persisted for more than 24 hours in duration according to the American Pain Foundation in 2006. These studies found that the back was the source of the most pain. As the “baby boom” population ages, the number of people who will require treatment for pain from back disorders, degenerative joint diseases, rheumatologic conditions, visceral diseases and cancer is expected to continue to rise. It is estimated by the National Pain Foundation that the annual cost to Americans suffering pain is $500 billion each year.

     The medical community’s awareness of the need for pain management has increased in recent years. Both the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and the Veterans Health Administration have adopted Pain as the 5th Vital Sign. This initiative mandates that pain be taken seriously and assessed adequately and treated in the majority of hospitals and clinics nationwide according to the National Pain Foundation. In 2001, JCAHO published standards that incorporated pain management into the standards for accredited health care providers. The

1


JCAHO standards stress patients’ rights to appropriate assessment and management of pain, and require treatment of pain along with the underlying disease or disorder. As a result, we believe that pain management is growing in significance as a medical specialty as is the increased demand for pain treatment.

     We have relationships with 59 physician practices and ambulatory surgery center locations. Through our subsidiaries, we operate three types of practice arrangements:

·    We employ licensed physicians in 12 practices which we own;
 
·    We have acquired the non-medical assets and we provide general management services to 19 physician practices;
 
·    We provide limited management services to 35 physician practices in areas such as in-house physical therapy, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint injection programs.

     In a typical wholly-owned practice, we acquire all of the assets of a physician practice from the owner physicians. We establish a wholly-owned subsidiary to own and operate this practice. We enter into employment agreements with the selling physicians, usually for a five year term, which provide for base compensation and incentive compensation based upon increases in operating earnings. These contracts are subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances. The physicians are subject to confidentiality and non-competition provisions that typically run for two years following the termination of the physician’s employment agreement.

     In a typical managed practice, we acquire all of the non-medical assets of a physician practice from the owner physicians and then enter into a management agreement with the physicians to manage the practice for a fee. The management agreement is usually for a 40 year term and is generally only subject to termination by the physician if we breach the agreement and fail to cure the breach upon at least 30 days’ written notice from the physicians.

     In a typical limited management practice, we agree to provide a physician practice with orthopedic rehabilitation or electrodiagnostic services and equipment under a management agreement that is usually for an initial term of five years with two five year renewal options on our part. We provide the equipment, supplies and our management expertise, and the practice provides the space, personnel, billing and collection services. We receive a percentage of the practice’s collections from the service being managed by us.

     We are now in the rollout phase of our latest business initiative centered on effecting a new industry paradigm in the delivery of state-of-the-art, pain-focused, medical care and payor administration. Through our new wholly-owned subsidiary, Integrated Pain Solutions (IPS), we plan to leverage our centralized and specialized knowledge base of advanced pain diagnostics, interventional pain management and functional restoration procedures and solutions. IPS is developing, administering and tracking the outcome of proprietary, evidence-based, clinical pathways for the management of acute or chronic pain. This clinical criteria will serve as the basis of the delivery of quality care by highly credentialed, multi-disciplined provider networks contracted and managed by IPS in select U.S. markets.

Business Strategy

     Our objective is to become the leading provider of specialty pain care services in North America. To grow our practices, we intend to:

·    Focus on pain treatment. All of our operations to date have been specifically focused in the area of pain treatment. We intend to continue to focus on the treatment of pain through acquisition, management, and the provision of services to practices that serve the pain treatment market.

2


·    Deploy additional services to grow physician practices. We intend to enhance the capacity of our practices for organic growth by increasing the range of services offered by our practices. By deploying additional physicians and equipment, we can perform in-house those necessary procedures and services that would ordinarily be referred to other providers, which we believe can result in higher quality care and increased revenues to our practices.
 
·    Utilize advanced medical technologies. Many of our physicians are thought leaders in their respective fields and employ the latest clinical techniques and medical technologies for the treatment of pain. We intend to support the use of new technology in pain treatment through the deployment of additional specialized physicians who are familiar with these techniques and technologies and by providing the latest, state-of-the- art equipment. For example, we deploy MedX rehabilitation equipment to orthopedic rehabilitation facilities, which has demonstrated the ability to improve patient outcomes.
 
·    Adopt a more hands-on approach. We intend to focus on the management and organic growth of our existing national network of pain practices to provide pain management services in a cost efficient manner aimed at maximizing stockholder value.

     As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to evaluate our acquisition program to target profitable acquisitions that are parallel to our core business and have the capacity for growth through the addition of specialized physicians and ancillary services.

     Given the current status of liquidity, acquisitions in the near term will need to be done on a highly selective basis and meet parameters acceptable to our lenders.

    

3


     While historical growth has primarily come from the acquisition of physician practices and the organic growth from those practices previously described, future growth is expected to come from Integrated Pain Solutions ("IPS").

      Our objective is to become the pre-eminent utilization management service provider for patients requiring pain-related treatment. To facilitate growth we intend to:

 - Offer a "patient centered" network as part of its menu. Other menu items include individualized guidance, algorithm-based case management, care coaching and evidence based and outcome driven pain managment.

-  Build programs that balance patient medical conditions with health plan parameters. These programs will include case management, care coaching, quality improvement and physician education.

- Benefit providers by using an algorithm based triage system and accumulate all patient provider and encounter information in a centralized data warehouse. This data will subsequently be biostatistically analyized to determine clinical efficiency leading to the most effective treatment pathways.

Our Operations

     The following table is a list of our owned practices (“O”), managed practices (“M”) , continuing operations ("C"), discontinuing operations ("D") and outpatient surgery centers, including the original specialty of these practices and the services that we have added to them after we acquired the non-medical assets and entered into management agreements with them.

 
 
Practice Name
 
 
 
 
 
Location
 
 
 
Effective
Date of
Transaction
 
 
 
 
 
Initial Specialty
 
 
 
 
 
Added Service(s)
Rothbart Pain Management Clinic, Inc.(M)(C)   Toronto, Canada   December 1, 2000   Pain Management   Additional Physicians
Advanced Orthopedics of South
Florida II, Inc. (M)(C)
 
 
 
Lake Worth, FL
 
 
 
 
January 1, 2001
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic Surgery
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodianostic Medicine
Additional Physicians, Intra-Articular Joint, Pharmacy
Dispensing
Pain and Rehabilitation
Network, LLC (M)(C)
 
 
 
 
Orange Park, FL
 
 
 
 
December 12, 2002
 
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine,
Additional Physicians, Intra-Articular Joint, (1) Additional
Location, Expansion of In Office Procedure Room
Medical Rehabilitation
Specialists II, Inc. (O)(C)
 
 
Tallahassee, FL
 
 
 
May 16, 2003
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Additional Building Space
 
Associated Physicians Group
(M)(C)
 
 
 
 
O’Fallon, IL
 
 
 
 
 
August 6, 2003
 
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic
Rehabilitation
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional
Physicians, (1) Additional Location with In Office Procedure
Room
Spine & Pain Center, P.C. (M) (C)
 
 
 
Bismarck, ND
 
 
 
December 23, 2003  
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Intra- Articular Joint
 
Health Care Center of Tampa,
Inc.(O)(C)
 
 
Lakeland, FL
 
 
 
December 30, 2003  
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-
Articular Joint, Additional Physician Provider
Bone & Joint Surgical Clinic,
Inc.(O)(C)
  Houma, LA
 
  December 31, 2003   Orthopedic Surgery
 
  Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine,
Additional Building Space, Intra-Articular Joint
Kenneth M. Alo, M.D., P.A.
(M)(C)
 
 
Houston, TX
 
 
 
December 31,2003  
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Electrodiagnostic Medicine
 
Denver Pain Management,
P.C.(M)(C)
 
 
Denver, CO
 
 
 
April 29, 2004
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-
Articular Joint, Additional Physicians
Georgia Pain Physicians, P.C. /
Georgia Surgical Centers, Inc.
(M)(C)
 
 
 
Atlanta, GA
 
 
 
 
 
May 25, 2004
 
 
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
 
 
Fellowship Program, Additional Physicians, Pharmacy
Dispensing Three Single Specialty Ambulatory
Surgical Centers
Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers
(M)(C)
 
 
Detroit, MI
 
 
 
June 1, 2004
 
 
 
Orthopedic
Rehabilitation
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Intra-Articular Joint
 

4


Rick Taylor, D.O., P.A. (M)(C)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Palestine, TX
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 7, 2004
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine,
Diagnostic Imaging, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional
Physicians, (1) Additional Location, including Physical
Therapy and Procedure Room
Benjamin Zolper, M.D., Inc.
(O)(C)
 
 
Bangor, ME
 
 
 
July 1, 2004
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Office
Expansion, Additional NP & PT, and Physician Provider
The Center for Pain
Management (M)(C)
 
 
Baltimore, MD
 
 
 
December 1, 2004  
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-
Articular Joint, Additional PA & PT
Colorado Pain Specialists, P.C.
(M)(C)
 
 
Denver, CO
 
 
 
April 15, 2005
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional
PA
PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd.
d/b/a Lake Worth Surgical
Center (M)-Partnership(D)
 
 
 
Lake Worth, FL
 
 
 
 
 
May 12, 2005
 
 
 
 
 
One Ambulatory
Surgical Center
 
 
 
 
N/A
 
 
PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. d/b/a
Gables Surgical Center (M)-
Partnership(D)
 
 
 
Miami, FL
 
 
 
 
 
August 1, 2005
 
 
 
 
 
One Ambulatory
Surgical Center
 
 
 
 
N/A
 
 
Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C. (M)(C)
 
 
 
  Danville, VA
 
 
 
  August 9, 2005
 
 
 
  Orthopedic Surgery
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional Physician and In Office Procedure
Room
Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C.
(M)(C)
 
 
Denver, CO
 
 
 
October 3, 2005
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
(1) Additional Location, Additional PA and In Office
Procedure Room
Christopher J. Centeno, M.D.,
P.C. & Therapeutic
Management, Inc. (M)(C)
 
 
 
Denver, CO
 
 
 
 
 
October 14, 2005
 
 
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-
Articular Joint, Additional PA. This transaction was rescinded on February 28, 2007. 
 
The Center for Pain
Management ASC, LLC (O)(D)
 
 
 
 
Baltimore, MD
 
 
 
 
 
January 3, 2006
 
 
 
 
 
Four Single
Specialty
Ambulatory Surgical Centers
 
 
 
N/A
 
 
REC, Inc. & CareFirst Medical
Associates (M)(C)
 
 
Whitehouse, TX
 
 
 
January 6, 2006
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-
Articular Joint, In Office Procedure Room
Desert Pain Medicine Group
(M)(C)
 
 
 
 
Palm Springs, CA
 
 
 
 
January 20, 2006
 
 
 
 
 
Pain Management
 
 
 
 
 
Intra-Articular Joint, Expansion of Office location including
New In Office Procedure Room, (2) Additional Physicians and
(1) Additional PA
Amphora, LLC(D)   Denver, CO   February 1, 2006   Ancillary Service   This transaction was rescinded on December 11, 2006.

     In addition to our four wholly-owned physician practices and seventeen managed physician practices, we provide limited management services and equipment to 35 other practices throughout the country, including orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint therapy and equipment. We also wholly own seven single-specialty ambulatory surgery centers and the majority interest in two free standing multi-specialty ambulatory surgery centers.

Growth of Existing Practices

     To grow revenue, we assist our owned and managed practices with the addition of selected specialty physicians and treatment services. This permits the practice to offer in house additional services that would previously be referred out to other providers. As a result, we believe that the treating physician is better able to monitor the patient, and respond to any specific treatment needs more rapidly and effectively than if the patient were using an outside provider. We believe that this approach results in the opportunity for improved clinical outcomes, shortened treatment times and increased revenue to the physician practice.

     In our experience, physicians operating high-growth, busy practices often have limited time and resources to evaluate the potential impact of the deployment of additional services and equipment. Even if the physician has obvious demand

5


for additional services, it can be time-consuming and costly to locate, qualify, negotiate with and incorporate additional specialists into the existing practice. Further, the time and resources required to physically expand the practice, through purchase or lease of additional real estate, design and construction of new facilities, and the acquisition and deployment of capital-intensive equipment are often significant barriers to growth for the practicing physician. Our approach is to relieve the physician of the administrative burdens associated with expanding the practice, which we believe allows the physician to focus more effectively on patient care, while creating opportunities for the physician’s practice to support organic growth.

Additional Physician Services

     Depending on the size, growth profile and type of physician practice, we may deploy additional specialists certified in pain management, neurosurgery, orthopedics or physiatry. For example, with regard to an existing orthopedic surgery practice, we may add an additional spine surgeon to handle additional patients, and deploy an interventional pain management specialist to perform pain management procedures. Our objective is to offer complementary services to the physicians existing patient bases based on current trends.

     We currently own and operate nine outpatient surgery centers which are located within physician offices. By providing these centers within the physician office, we are able to charge a technical fee for procedures performed on our premises, in addition to the professional fee charged by the physician. As needed, we will construct outpatient surgery centers or individual procedure rooms within our practice offices to enable outpatient procedures to be performed. We believe that such facilities are well suited to pain management and minimally invasive surgical procedures, and represent a lower-cost alternative to inpatient or dedicated surgery center facilities.

     Real Estate Services. To support the growth of our physician practices, we provide real estate services to practices which require additional office space or a specialty installation such as a fluoroscopy suite or in-office procedure room. Our services include:

·    Locating additional office space within the practice’s local area;
 
·    Negotiation of purchase or lease terms;
 
·    Analysis of building codes, architectural requirements and design services; and
 
·    Construction management services.

     We believe that by providing these real estate services to our practices, the physicians can devote more time to the clinical aspects of the practices, enhancing the quality of care delivered and the profitability of the practices.

Operations Management

     When we acquire or enter into a management agreement with a practice, we focus on integrating the practice with our operations. We have an eight-member team that is charged with facilitating a smooth transition after closing. Our integration team, in coordination with our consultants, legal counsel and independent accountants, works with the existing practice administrators and staff to perform such functions as:

·    Applying for provider numbers from Medicare and other health care payors to ensure continuity of reimbursement;
 
·    Performing a complete post-transaction audit of the practice accounting records; and
 
·    Developing detailed budgets for operating performance with physicians, which are based on historical operating performance.

     Once initial integration is complete, our integration team works with the physician and practice administrators to develop a plan for the implementation of additional physician services and ancillary services. For example, our integration and real estate personnel may devise a plan for the addition of an interventional pain management specialist to the practice, and develop and implement a detailed plan for the addition of a fluoroscopy suite to support minimally invasive

6


surgical treatments that require x-ray guidance.

     Following the integration and deployment of additional services, our integration team assists PainCare’s management in monitoring the practice and ensuring that performance targets are met. If the practice’s growth needs warrant, the integration team may be deployed to provide additional services or assist the practice in achieving its growth targets.

     In contrast to historical physician practice management business models that required the implementation of common information technology systems, such as shared billing and collection, clinical data and electronic health record systems, we deploy only those resources necessary to support the growth of additional services. Changes to information technology systems are kept to a minimum, and changes to billing and collection procedures are also minimized, subject to our legal, oversight and reporting requirements.

Our Executive Offices

     Our principal executive offices are located at 1030 North Orange Avenue, Suite 105, Orlando, Florida 32801, and our telephone number is (407) 367-0944. Our website is located at www.paincareholdings.com. Our website address is included as an inactive textual reference only.

Our Business

     In an effort to implement our core business strategy we continue to focus on evaluating our business and the broader health care market with the goal of positioning PainCare as a leading provider of pain-focused medical and surgical solutions and services. As we continue to develop our strategic plan, we will evaluate the role of each segment of our business. We have received inquiries from parties interested in acquiring three of our ambulatory surgical centers. An important consideration in our decision to divest any material assets from our portfolio would be whether the transaction would help to deleverage the company.

Industry Trends

     As a provider of pain management, rehabilitative health care, ambulatory surgery, and diagnostic services, our revenues and growth are affected by trends in health care spending. According to estimates published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Office of the Actuary, the healthcare sector is continuing to grow in relation to the overall gross domestic product (GDP). As a percent of GDP, healthcare spending is expected to reach 16.2% in 2005 and by 2015 healthcare spending in the U.S. is projected to reach $4.0 trillion or 20% of GDP. Healthcare is expected to continue to grow at a steady pace of 7.2% per year on average.

     Demographic factors contribute to long-term growth projections in health care spending. According to the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2005 interim projections, there were approximately 36.8 million Americans age 65 or older. The number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to increase to approximately 40 million in 2010 and approximately 54 million in 2020. By 2030 the number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to reach 70 million.

     We believe that the aging of the U.S. population and the continuing growth in health care spending will increase demand for the types of services we provide. First, many of the health conditions associated with aging-such as neurological disorder, diseases and injury to the muscles, bones and joints-will increase the demand for our pain management and rehabilitative services. Second, pressure from payors to provide efficient, high-quality health care services is forcing many procedures traditionally performed in acute care facilities out of the acute care environment.

Operating Segments

Our internal financial reporting and management structure is focused on the major types of services provided by

7


PainCare. We currently provide various patient care services through three operating segments and certain other services through a fourth segment, which correspond to our four reporting business segments: (1) pain management, (2) surgeries, (3) ancillary services, and (4) corporate and other. Although we have no current plans to change our operating segments, we are continually evaluating and looking to optimize our operational structure and the mix of services we provide, which may lead to future changes in our operating segments.

     Our consolidated net operating revenues from continuing operations were $63.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. We had a diversified payor mix across all our reporting segments, with Private Insurance representing the highest percentage of revenues.

     For additional information regarding our business segments and related information, see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Segment Results of Operations,” and Note 24, Operating Segment and Geographic Information, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Pain Management

     Our pain management segment provides treatment through interventional and non-interventional therapies that treat both the chronic and acute pain patient. Our pain management facilities are located in eight states in the United States and one province in Canada.

     As of December 31, 2006 our pain management segment operated 16 facilities (four of which are wholly owned and 12 of which are managed contracts). Our pain management segment provides services to patients who are in need of such services as therapeutic injections, radio frequency treatments and both physical and behavioral therapy.

     Pain management has emerged as a separate specialty in medicine. Methods used to treat chronic or acute pain are continually evolving. Some of the more common approaches to the treatment of pain include the following:

·    Analgesics. Pharmaceutical treatments for pain include nonopioid analgesics, including nonsteriodial anti- inflammatory drugs, or NSAIDS, such as aspirin and acetaminophen, opioid analgesics, such as morphine, and other drugs that have analgesic properties that are useful in treating pain, such as certain antiepileptic and antidepressant drugs;
 
·    Diagnostic Injection.Injection of anesthetics and anti-inflammatory agents directly into the area surrounding the pain generating nerve can relieve pain symptoms and often allow the nerve area to heal and repair itself. These injections, often referred to as “epidural or facet blocks,” allow the pain specialist to identify the specific anatomic structure that is generating the pain response;
 
·    Implantable Pumps. Implantable pain pumps are devices inserted in the patient’s body that deliver a constant dose of anesthetic to a particular region of the body. The pain specialist can alter the level of anesthetic delivered depending on patient need. Implantable pumps are often used to treat cancer pain or severe back pain;
 
·    Neuromodulation Devices.Neuromodulation devices such as implantable stimulators or pumps are used to treat chronic pain by altering nervous system activity either electrically or pharmacologically; and
 
·    Radio Frequency Nerve Ablation. RF Nerve Ablation is a procedure used to temporarily deactivate minor nerves around the spine by heating surrounding tissue with a special probe to deactivate the pain generating nerve fibers.

Acute and Chronic Pain

     It is estimated that 75-150 million people in the United States have a chronic pain disorder according to a 2005 publication by the American Pain Society and, according to MarketData Enterprises, 2.9 million of those suffering seek treatment by pain specialists. Another 76.5 million Americans reported suffering from acute pain that persisted for more than 24 hours in duration according to the American Pain Foundation in 2006. These studies found that the back was the

8


source of the most pain. As the “baby boom” population ages, the number of people who will require treatment for pain from back disorders, degenerative joint diseases, rheumatologic conditions, visceral diseases and cancer is expected to continue to rise. It is estimated by the National Pain Foundation that the annual cost to Americans suffering pain is $500 billion each year.

     The medical community’s awareness of the need for pain management has increased in recent years. Both the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and the Veterans Health Administration have adopted Pain as the 5th Vital Sign. This initiative mandates that pain be taken seriously and assessed adequately and treated in the majority of hospitals and clinics nationwide according to the National Pain Foundation. In 2001, JCAHO published standards that incorporated pain management into the standards for accredited health care providers. The JCAHO standards stress patients’ rights to appropriate assessment and management of pain, and require treatment of pain along with the underlying disease or disorder. As a result, we believe that pain management is growing in significance as a medical specialty as is the increased demand for pain treatment.

Clinical Approaches to Pain Treatment

     The standard of care for treatment of chronic or acute pain may vary greatly depending on the underlying cause of the patient’s pain. A patient who is suffering from pain generally receives a clinical assessment, including a review of the patient’s medical history, to attempt to determine the cause of the patient’s pain.

     Diagnosis. To assist in determining the pain’s origin, the physician may employ one or more imaging modalities, such as x-ray, computed tomography or CT scan, or magnetic resonance imagery or MRI. In addition, the physician may order an electrodiagnostic medical consultation, which can be helpful to establish an accurate diagnosis of a clinical problem that suggests neuromuscular disorder. Electrodiagnosis involves the placement of electrodes in proximity to the patient’s nervous system, and the application of electrical pulses that stimulate nerve function. By identifying those nerves that are generating the pain response, the physician can more accurately determine the cause of the patient’s pain and determine the appropriate treatment.

Orthopedic Rehabilitation. One of the most frequent causes of chronic pain is injury or disease affecting the spine. Orthopedic rehabilitation is often the first approach to the treatment of back pain and is frequently used following surgical treatment to post-operatively restore the patient’s muscle function. Depending on the underlying cause of the patient’s back pain and its severity, the physician may recommend orthopedic rehabilitation, which may include:

·    Hot and cold packs;
 
·    Electric stimulation or electrotherapy;
 
·    Massage;
 
·    Exercise;
 
·    Ultrasound therapy; and
 
·    Physical therapy sessions, utilizing specialized orthopedic rehabilitation equipment.

Surgeries

As of December 31, 2006 our surgery centers segment operated three managed facilities in Florida, Louisiana and Virginia. Our surgical services offered include full spectrum orthopedic surgery, minimally invasive spine surgery and foot and ankle surgery.

Minimally Invasive Surgery. In contrast to traditional open surgery approaches, minimally invasive surgery techniques have been developed that require only a small incision and the use of endoscopic instruments to perform the operation. Some of the minimally invasive surgical treatments for back pain include:

9


·    Discogram,a diagnostic procedure that involves injecting a dye into the disc of the spine, and using an x-ray to determine whether the disc has been damaged;
 
·    Intra-Discal Electro-Thermal Annuloplasty or IDET, which is used to treat patients with pain due to disc herniation in the lower back. Using an x-ray for guidance, a small thermal catheter is inserted into the herniated disc and gradually heated, raising the temperature inside the disc. The heat contracts and thickens the protein of the disc wall as well as deactivating many of the nerve endings responsible for the pain in the damaged disc;
 
·    Percutaneous Discectomy, which employs a mechanical or laser-based probe inserted into a herniated spinal disc, which removes material from the disc to relieve pressure and associated pain;
 
·    Nucleoplasty, for the treatment of pain from mildly herniated discs causing pressure on adjacent nerve roots. Using an x-ray for guidance, a needle and specialized device are inserted into the herniated disc applying heat to remove the excess tissue and seal the disc; and
 
·    Kyphoplasty, which is used to treat vertebral compression fractures associated with osteoporosis. Again using an x-ray for guidance, the bone is drilled and a balloon is inserted and inflated in the fracture area. The space created by the balloon is filled with orthopedic cement, binding the fracture and relieving pain.

Inpatient Spine Surgery. If the patient does not respond to orthopedic rehabilitation, or if the extent of the disease or injury is too great, the physician may elect surgical treatment for back pain. Traditional surgical treatments for back pain include surgeries such as:

·    Spinal fusion, which involves fusing one or more vertebrae together using screws, rods or grafts;
 
·    Anterior discectomy, which involves removal of a spinal disc;
 
·    Anterior corpectomy, which involves removing a portion of the entire vertebra or disc; and
 
·    Laminectomy, where a portion of the entire vertebra is removed to repair a disc, access the spinal cord or relieve degeneration of the spine.

     These techniques are typically performed in an inpatient hospital setting and involve exposing a large area of the patient’s spine. Following the operation, a long recovery period with extensive rehabilitation is typically required. We believe that there are many advantages to minimally invasive surgery over traditional open surgery, including shorter time involved, reduced cost and faster patient recovery and return to normal activities.

Ancillary Services

     As of December 31, 2006 our ancillary services segment operated five managed facilities in Florida, Illinois, Michigan and Maryland. Three of our ancillary service facilities are consolidated through managed contracts and two facilities are owned on a partnership basis. Our partnership interest in both Lake Worth Surgical Center and Coral Gables Surgical Center is 67.5% and 73.0%, respectively. For management reporting purposes, it should be noted that the three ambulatory surgery centers currently listed as held for sale are included in the ancillary services segment which relates to discontinued operations. See Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis for further analysis. Our ancillary service segment provides the following services:

·    Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services. We have a program for the deployment of orthopedic rehabilitation services to the physician practice that facilitates advanced strength testing and restoration of function within the physician office environment. As needed, we will establish an in-house, fully staffed and provisioned rehabilitation clinic, with additional physiatrists, physical therapists or technicians as practice requirements dictate. We provide all supplies and equipment necessary for the operation of the clinic including state-of-the- art MedX equipment. MedX equipment has been clinically and academically demonstrated to be efficacious in rehabilitating patients. We believe that by providing orthopedic rehabilitation services in-house, the physician is better able to monitor the patient’s progress toward recovery, which contributes to improved clinical outcomes.
 
·    Electrodiagnostic Services. We also have a program for the deployment of an electrodiagnostic medicine program as a direct extension of the neurologic portion of the physical examination. We provide electrodiagnostic equipment, supplies, and technicians to perform procedures, and arrange for physician over-

10


  read and review of results. We believe that by performing these procedures in-house, we have the potential to enhance accuracy and time to diagnosis.
 
·    Diagnostic Imagery. We deploy magnetic resonance imagery, or MRI, technology to selected facilities. We believe that providing diagnostic imagery technology to pain management practices will be more convenient for patients and allow physicians to better diagnose and treat acute and chronic pain.
 
·    Intra-Articular Joint Program. In January 2005, we unveiled a new proprietary ancillary service designed to address severe knee pain and stiffness caused by osteoarthritis, which currently affects over 21 million Americans. The intra-articular joint program will be integrated into the service offerings provided by each suitable physician practice in our national healthcare organization. In addition, the intra-articular joint program will be marketed nationally to non-affiliated physician practice groups under a limited management agreement, similar to our proprietary orthopedic rehabilitation and electro diagnostic medicine programs. The intra- articular joint program is a proprietary, technologically advanced, non-operative knee treatment protocol that combines a five to six week series of strategically targeted injections of Hyalgan - the first FDA-approved hyaluronan therapy to treat osteoarthritis knee pain in the United States, with synergistic orthopedic rehabilitation procedures specifically designed to strengthen blood flow to the knee.

Corporate and Other

     Corporate and other includes only cost functions that are managed directly from our corporate office and that do not fall within one of our three operating segments discussed above.

     All corporate costs and related overhead are contained within this segment. These costs, include such expenses as: accounting, communications, compliance, human resources, information technology, internal audit, and legal and provide support functions to our operating segments.

Recent Developments

Acquisitions

     Since our founding in 2000, we have completed twenty-four practice acquisitions. The following acquisitions (all managed unless indicated otherwise) have been completed since January 1, 2006:

    Effective    
    Date of    
Name and Nature of Business   Purchase   Purchase Price
Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC, a
fully accredited ambulatory surgical center
with four locations in Maryland.
 
 
 
 
January 3, 2006
 
 
 
 
 
 
$3,750,000 in cash and 1,021,942 shares of common
stock, plus promissory notes totaling $7,500,000 in
principal, due one year from the closing date. On
December 5, 2006, an additional $300,000 promissory
note was issued and the due date of both the
$7,500,000 and $300,000 promissory notes was
extended until April 3, 2007.
REC, Inc. & CareFirst Medical Associates,
P.A., co-located pain management and
orthopedic rehabilitation practices located in
Whitehouse, Texas.
January 6, 2006
 
 
 
$625,000 in cash and 191,131 shares of PainCare’s
common stock, plus contingent payments of up to
$1,250,000 in cash and common stock if certain
performance goals are met.

11


Desert Pain Medicine Group, a pain
management physician practice with three
locations in California.
 
 
 
 
 
January 20, 2006
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$1,500,000 in cash and 471,698 shares of PainCare’s
common stock, plus contingent payments of up to
$3,000,000 in cash and common stock if certain
performance goals are met.
Amphora, LLC, an intraoperative monitoring
company based in Denver, Colorado, serving
medical institutions throughout Colorado,
Wyoming, Arizona and Nebraska
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
February 1, 2006
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PainCare purchased a 60% ownership interest and paid
$3,250,000 in cash and 1,035,032 shares of PainCare’s
common stock, plus contingent payments of up to
$8,500,000 in cash and common stock if certain
performance goals are met. This transaction was
rescinded on December 11, 2006.

     On November 15, 2006, PainCare formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary named Integrated Pain Solutions (IPS). Leveraging PainCare’s centralized and specialized knowledge base of advanced pain diagnostics, interventional pain management and functional restoration procedures and solutions, IPS will develop, administer and track the outcome of proprietary, evidenced-based, clinical pathways for the management of acute or chronic pain. This clinical criteria will serve as the basis for the delivery of quality care by highly credentialed, multi-disciplined provider networks contracted and managed by IPS in select U.S. markets.

     Upon establishing each regionalized provider network, IPS will contract with third party payers, including insurance carriers, self-insured employers and large trade unions, among other similar groups, to provide utilization management services, specialized case management and prospective and concurrent risk assessment of patients requiring pain-related care and treatment. Further, IPS will endeavor to ultimately establish “Pain Centers of Excellence” in its primary service markets where it will centralize care addressing interventional pain management, functional restoration and behavioral health. PainCare expects to launch commercial operations of IPS late in the first quarter of 2007, following the necessary corporate set-up and development efforts required to activate the first provider network.

Dispositions

     On February 1, 2006, the Company and PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. ("PCN," and together with the Company the "Paincare Parties") acquired a 60% interest (the "Amphora Transaction") in Amphora LLC ("Amphora") from Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., and Richard A. Flores (collectively the "Members") pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the "Amphora Purchase Agreement"), for a combination of cash and shares of common stock of the Company and the obligation to make certain additional payments post closing (the "Purchase Price"). The Paincare Parties and the Members have entered into an agreement providing for the rescission of the Amphora Transaction (the "Rescission Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of the Rescission Agreement (i) the Amphora Purchase Agreement was rescinded, (ii) the Members paid the Paincare Parties a sum of $1,400,000 and returned to the Paincare Parties 1,035,032 shares of common stock of the Company, (iii) the Company delivered to the Members a noncompetition agreement, and (iv) the parties entered into mutual releases. The description of the Rescission Agreement set forth herein is qualified in its entirety by the specific terms of the Rescission Agreement.

     On October 14, 2005, PainCare Holdings, Inc. (the "PainCare"), PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (the "PainCare Sub," and together with PainCare the "PainCare Parties"), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. (the "Original Practice"), Therapeutic Management, Inc. ("TMI"), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D. ("Centeno"), John Schultz, M.D. ("Schultz"), and Centeno Schultz, Inc. ("CSI", and together with the Original Practice, Centeno, Schultz and TMI, the "Centeno Parties"), effected a transaction (the "Purchase Transaction") by which (i) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets of the Original Practice, pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, Centeno, Schultz and CSI; (ii) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets TMI pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, TMI and Centeno; and (iii) CSI and the PainCare Sub entered into that certain Management Services Agreement (the "Management Agreement") pursuant to which the PainCare Sub managed the business operations of CSI.

     On February 28, 2007, the PainCare Parties and the Centeno Parties entered into a Settlement Agreement (the "Settlement Agreement") and several ancillary documents (the "Settlement Transaction") pursuant to which said parties rescinded the Purchase Transaction and terminated agreements among them. To effectuate the rescission of the Purchase Transaction, (i) the PainCare Sub sold, and the Original Practice purchased, substantially all of the assets of the PainCare Sub for purchase price of the lesser of $250,000 or the total amount of proceeds generated from the sale certain shares of common stock of PainCare (the "PainCare Shares") issued to the Centeno Parties in the Purchase Transaction, and (ii) in exchange for the agreement of the PainCare Parties to terminate the Management Agreement and any and all other agreements between CSI and the PainCare Parties, CSI paid the PainCare Parties $750,000 plus all remaining proceeds in excess of $250,000 from the sale of the PainCare Shares.

     With the intention of narrowing our core business strategy and to reduce debt obligations, PainCare’s management decided during 2006 that the ambulatory surgery centers no longer fit the Company’s acquisition model, and committed to a plan to sell the ASC’s. PainCare's ambulatory surgery centers, which are consolidated through the ancillary services segment, are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The operations and cash flows of these ASC’s will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of the sale transaction, and PainCare anticipates that it will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the product group after it is sold. Therefore PainCare is reporting the results of operations of the component, including any gain or loss, in discontinued operations, as per the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 - "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets."

Competition

Pain Management

     Our pain management and rehabilitation facilities face competition from large privately and publicly held companies such as Health South, and U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

     We expect competition to increase, particularly in the market for rehabilitation services, as consolidation of the therapy industry continues through acquisitions by hospitals and large health care companies of physician-owned and other privately owned therapy practices.

12


     Some of these competitors may have greater referral support and financial resources in particular markets than we do. We believe we compete successfully within the marketplace based on our size, reputation for quality and positive rehabilitation outcomes.

Surgery Centers

     We face competition from other providers of ambulatory surgical care in developing ASC joint ventures, acquiring existing centers, attracting patients, and negotiating managed care contracts in each of our markets. There are several publicly held companies, divisions or subsidiaries of publicly held companies, and several private companies that operate ASC’s. Further, many physician groups develop ASC’s without a corporate partner, utilizing consultants who typically perform these services for a fee who may not require an equity interest in the ongoing operations of the center.

     We believe that we compete effectively in this market but no longer feel that surgery center facilities are a part of our core business model. On a forward looking basis, we do not plan to pursue any acquisitions with ASC service providers.

Ancillary Services

     The market for ancillary services is highly fragmented and competitive. Many physicians and physician groups have opened up offices that offer ancillary services. Our ancillary services also compete with local hospitals, rehabilitation centers and local independent companies.

Regulatory Environment

General

     Our practices are subject to substantial federal, state and local government health care laws and regulations. In addition, laws and regulations are constantly changing and may impose additional requirements. These changes could have the effect of impeding our ability to continue to do business or reduce our opportunities to continue to grow.

     Every state imposes licensing requirements on individual physicians and health care facilities. In addition, federal and state laws regulate HMOs and other managed care organizations. Many states require regulatory approval, including certificates of need, before establishing certain types of health care facilities, including surgery centers, or offering certain services.

     Many states in which we do business have corporate practice of medicine laws which prohibit us from owning practices or exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. In those states, we acquire the non-medical assets of these practices and enter into long-term management agreements with these managed practices and with respect to our limited management practices, we enter into shorter term limited management agreements. Under those agreements, we provide management services and other items to the practices in exchange for a service fee. We structure our relationships with the practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from engaging in the corporate practice of medicine or exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of the practices or their physicians. Nevertheless, state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that our agreements violate these laws.

     The laws of many states prohibit physicians from splitting fees with non-physicians (or other physicians). These laws vary from state to state and are enforced by the courts and by regulatory authorities with broad discretion. The relationship between us on the one hand, and the managed practices and limited management practices, on the other hand, may raise issues in some states with fee splitting prohibitions. Although we have attempted to structure our contracts with the

13


managed practices and the limited management practices in a manner that keeps us from violating prohibitions on fee splitting, state regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in practices that constitute fee-splitting. This would have a material adverse effect on us.

Medicare and Medicaid Participation

     A substantial portion of our revenues are expected to continue to be received through third-party reimbursement programs, including state and federal programs, primarily Medicare as well as Medicaid, and private health insurance programs. Medicare is a federally funded and administered health insurance program, primarily for individuals entitled to social security benefits who are 65 or older or who are disabled. Medicaid is a health insurance program jointly funded by state and federal governments that provides medical assistance to qualifying low income persons.

     To participate in the Medicare program and receive Medicare payment, the owned practices, managed practices and limited management practices must comply with regulations promulgated by the Department of Health and Human Services. The requirements for certification under Medicare and Medicaid are subject to change and, in order to remain qualified for these programs, the practices may have to make changes from time to time in equipment, personnel or services. Although we believe these practices will continue to participate in these reimbursement programs, we cannot assure you that these practices will continue to qualify for participation.

Medicare Fraud and Abuse

     The anti-kickback provisions of the Social Security Act (the "Anti-Kickback Statute") prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully (a) soliciting or receiving any remuneration in return for referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs; or (b) offering or paying any remuneration to induce a person to make referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs. The prohibited remuneration may be paid directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind.

     Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony, and criminal conviction results in a fine of not more than $25,000, imprisonment for not more than five years, or both. Further, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services has the authority to exclude violators from all federal health care programs and/or impose civil monetary penalties of $50,000 for each violation and assess damages of not more than three times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited or received.

     As the result of a congressional mandate, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) of the Department of Health and Human Services promulgated regulations specifying certain payment practices which the OIG determined to be at minimal risk for abuse. The OIG named these payment practices “Safe Harbors.” If a payment arrangement fits within a safe harbor, it will be deemed not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Merely because a payment arrangement does not comply with all of the elements of any Safe Harbor, however, does not mean that the parties to the payment arrangement are violating the Anti-Kickback Statute.

     We receive fees under our agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices for management and administrative services and equipment and supplies. We do not believe we are in a position to make or influence referrals of patients or services reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Because the provisions of the Anti-Kickback Statute are broadly worded and have been broadly interpreted by federal courts, however, it is possible that the government could take the position that we, as a result of our ownership of the owned practices, and as a result of our relationships with the limited management practices and the managed practices, will be subject, directly and indirectly, to the Anti-Kickback Statute.

     With respect to the managed practices and the limited management practices, we provide general management services and limited management services, respectively. In return for those services, we receive compensation. The OIG has

14


concluded that, depending on the facts of each particular arrangement, management arrangements may be subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute. In particular, an advisory opinion published by the OIG in 1998 (98-4) concluded that in a proposed management services arrangement where a management company was required to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the practice, the proposed arrangement could constitute prohibited remuneration where the management company would be reimbursed its costs and paid a percentage of net practice revenues.

     Our management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices differ from the management agreement analyzed in Advisory Opinion 98-4. Significantly, we believe we are not in a position to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices. In fact, our management agreements do not require us to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the managed practices or the limited management practices, or to provide marketing, advertising, public relation services or practice expansion services to those practices. Because we do not undertake to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices, and the services provided to these practices differ in scope from those provided under Advisory Opinion 98-4, we believe that our management agreements with the managed practices and limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, although we believe we have structured our management agreements in such a manner as not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, we cannot guarantee that a regulator would not conclude that the compensation to us under the management agreements constitutes prohibited remuneration. In such event, our operations would be materially adversely affected.

     The relationship between the physicians employed by the owned practices and the owned practices is subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute as well because the employed physicians refer Medicare patients to the owned practices and the employed physicians receive compensation from the owned practices for services rendered on behalf of the owned practices. Nevertheless, there is a Safe Harbor for compensation paid pursuant to a bona fide employment relationship. Therefore, it is our position that the owned practices’ arrangements with their respective employed physicians do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, if the relationship between the owned practices and their physician employees is determined not to be a bona fide employment relationship, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

     Our agreements with the limited management practices may also raise different Anti-Kickback concerns. In April of 2003, the OIG issued a Special Advisory Bulletin which addressed contractual joint ventures where a health care provider in one line of business (“Owner”) expands into a related health care business by contracting with an existing provider of a related item or service (“Manager”) to provide the new item or service to the Owner’s existing patient population. In those arrangements, the Manager not only manages the new line of business, but may also supply it with inventory, employees, space, billing and other services. In other words, the Owner contracts out substantially the entire operation of the related line of business to the Manager, receiving in return the profits of the business as remuneration for its federal program referrals to the new line of business.

     According to the OIG, contractual joint ventures have the following characteristics: (i) the establishment of a new line of business; (ii) a captive referral base; (iii) the Owner lacks business risk; (iv) the Manager is a competitor or would-be competitor of the Owner’s new line of business; (v) the scope of services provided by the Manager is extremely broad, with the manager providing: day to day management; billing; equipment; personnel; office space; training; health care items, supplies and services; (vi) the practical effect of the arrangement is to enable the Owner to bill insurers and patients for business otherwise provided by the Manager; (vii) the parties agree to a non-compete clause barring the Owner from providing items or services to any patient other than those coming from Owner and/or barring the Manager from providing services in its own right to the Owner’s patients.

     We have attempted to draft our agreements with the limited management practices in a manner that takes into account the concerns in the Special Advisory Bulletin. Specifically, under our arrangements, the limited management practice takes business risk. It is financially responsible for the following costs: the space required to provide the services; employment costs of the personnel providing the services and intake personnel; and billing and collections. We do not reimburse the limited management practice for any of these costs. We provide solely equipment, supplies and our

15


management expertise. In one of our limited management business lines we do not even provide the equipment. In return for these items and services, we receive a percentage of the limited management practice’s collections from the services being managed by us that is consistent with the fair market value of our services. Consequently, we believe that the limited management practice is not being compensated for or to induce its referrals.

     Although we believe that our arrangements with the limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute for the reasons specified above, we cannot guarantee that our arrangements will be free from scrutiny by the OIG or that the OIG would not conclude that these arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. In a recent OIG Advisory Opinion No. 4-17, the OIG declined to issue a favorable opinion on a limited lease/management arrangement involving physician office-based pathology laboratory services. Although we believe that our limited management arrangements are distinguishable from the facts in Advisory Opinion No. 4-17, this opinion illustrates how broadly the OIG is applying its contractual joint venture analysis. In the event the OIG were to conclude that our limited management arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, this would have a material adverse effect on us.

Federal Anti-Referral Laws

     Section 1877 of Title 18 of the Social Security Act, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law,” prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity for the furnishing of Medicare-covered “designated health services” if the physician (or an immediate family member of the physician) has a “financial relationship” with that entity. “Designated health services” include clinical laboratory services; physical and occupational therapy services; radiology services, including magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, and ultrasound services (including the professional component of such diagnostic testing, but excluding invasive procedures where the imaging modality is used to guide a needle, probe or catheter accurately); radiation therapy services and supplies; durable medical equipment and supplies; home health services; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; and certain other services. A “financial relationship” is defined as an ownership or investment interest in or a compensation arrangement with an entity that provides designated health services. Sanctions for prohibited referrals include denial of Medicare payment, and civil money penalties of up to $15,000 for each service ordered. Designated health services furnished pursuant to a referral that is prohibited by the Stark Law are not covered by Medicare and payments improperly collected must be promptly refunded.

     The physicians in our owned practices have a financial relationship with the owned practices (they receive compensation for services rendered) and may refer patients to the owned practices for physical and occupational therapy services (and perhaps other designated health services) covered by Medicare. Therefore, an exception would have to apply to allow the physicians in our owned practices to refer patients to the owned practices for the provision by the owned practices of Medicare-covered designated health services.

     There are several exceptions to the prohibition on referrals for designated health services which have the effect of allowing a physician that has a financial relationship with an entity to make referrals to that entity for the provision of Medicare-covered designated health services. The exception on which we rely with respect to the owned practices is the exception for employees, as all of the physicians employed in our owned practices are employees of the respective owned practices. Therefore, we believe that the physicians employed by our owned practices can refer patients to the owned practices for the provision of designated health services covered by Medicare. Nevertheless, should the owned practices fail to adhere to the conditions of the employment exception, or if a regulator determines that the employees or the employment relationship do not meet the criteria of the employment exception, the owned practices would be liable for violating the Stark Law, and that could have a material adverse effect on us. We believe that our relationships with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, do not trigger the Stark Law. Nevertheless, if a regulator were somehow to determine that these relationships are subject to the Stark Law, and that the relationships do not meet the conditions of any exception to the Stark Law, such failure would have a material adverse effect on us.

     The referral of Medicare patients by physicians employed by or under contract with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, to their respective practices, however, does trigger the Stark Law. We

16


believe, nevertheless, that the in-office ancillary exception to the Stark Law has the effect of permitting these physician members of the respective managed practices and limited management practices to refer patients to their respective group practice for the provision by the respective group practice of Medicare-covered designated health services. If the managed practices or limited management practices fail to abide by the terms of the in-office ancillary exception, they cannot properly bill Medicare for the designated health services provided by them. In such an event, our business could be materially adversely affected because the revenues we generate from these practices is dependent, at least in part, on the revenues or profits generated by those practices.

State Anti-Referral Laws

     At least some of the states in which we do business also have prohibitions on physician self-referrals that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws and interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. As indicated elsewhere, we enter into management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices. Under those agreements, we provide management and equipment and services to the practices in exchange for compensation. Although we believe that the practices comply with these laws, and although we attempt to structure our relationships with these practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from violating these laws (or in a manner that we believe does not trigger the law), state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that the practices violate these laws and/or that our agreements with the practices violate these laws. Any such conclusion could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

     A substantial portion of our business operations, including our corporate offices, are located in Florida. Florida’s prohibition on self-referrals, Fla. Stat. §456.053 (“Self-Referral Act”), prohibits health care providers from referring patients, regardless of payment source (not just Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries), for the provision of certain designated health services (“Florida Designated Health Services”) to an entity in which the health care provider is an investor or has an investment interest. Under the Self-Referral Act, Florida Designated Health Services are defined as clinical laboratory, physical therapy, and comprehensive rehabilitative, diagnostic-imaging and radiation therapy services. We currently operate facilities, and plan to purchase additional practices that provide some or all of these Florida Designated Health Services. All health care products and services not considered Florida Designated Health Services are classified as “other health services.” The Self-Referral Act also prohibits the referral by a physician of a patient for “other health services” to an entity in which that physician is an investor, unless (i) the physician’s investment interest is in the registered securities of a publicly traded corporation whose shares are traded on a national exchange or over-the-counter market and which has net equity at the end of its most recent fiscal quarter in excess of $50,000,000; or (ii) the physician’s investment interest is in an entity whereby (a) no more than 50% of the value of the investment interests in the entity may be held by investors who are in a position to make referrals to the entity; (b) the terms under which an investment interest is offered must be the same for referring investors and non-referring investors; (c) the terms under which an investment interest is offered may not be related to the investor’s volume of referrals to the entity; and (d) the investor must not be required to make referrals or be in the position to make referrals to the entity as a condition for becoming or remaining an investor (the “50% Investor Exception”).

     Entities that meet either exception must also (i) not lend to or guarantee a loan to an investor who is in a position to make referrals if the investor uses any part of that loan to obtain the investment interest, and (ii) distribute profits and losses to investors in a manner that is directly proportional to their capital investment.

     The Self-Referral Act excludes from the definition of “referral” services by a health care provider who is a sole provider or member of a group practice (as defined by the Self-Referral Act) that are provided solely for the referring health care provider’s or group practice’s own patients (“Group Practice Exception”). Referrals by our physician investors who are not employed by an owned practice to an owned practice for “other health services” should qualify for the 50% Investor Exception, because physician-investors in a position to refer to our owned practice, but who are not employed by our owned practice, do not collectively own more than 50% of the investment value of PainCare. However, physician investors who are not employed by our owned practices cannot refer to our owned practices for Florida Designated Health

17


Services because they are not members of our owned group practices and, thus, their referrals would not qualify for the Group Practice Exception. So long as physician investors who are not employed by our owned practices do not refer to our owned practices for Florida Designated Health Services, we believe we will be in compliance with the Self-Referral Act. Although we will have mechanisms in place to monitor referrals from physician investors, it is the responsibility of the physician investors to comply with the Self-Referral Act and there can be no assurances that physician investors will comply with such law. Violations thereof could adversely affect us, as well as result in regulatory action against the Company.

     The Self-Referral Act also imposes certain disclosure obligations on us and physician investors who are referring physicians. Under the Self-Referral Act, a physician may not refer a patient to an entity in which he or she is an investor, even for services that are not Florida Designated Health Services, unless, before doing so, the patient is given a written statement disclosing, among other things, the physician’s investment interest in the entity to which the referral is made. Other obligations are imposed on the Company as a result of the Self-Referral Act. It is the responsibility of any referring physician investor to comply with such statutes, regulations and professional standards. However, this law may discourage certain physician investors from making referrals to us or encourage patients to choose alternative health care providers. In addition, the violation thereof could adversely affect us, as well as result in regulatory action against us.

     Violations of the Florida self-referral laws may result in substantial civil penalties and administrative sanctions for individuals or entities as well as the suspension or revocation of a physician’s license to practice medicine in Florida. Such sanctions, if applied to us or any of our physician investors, would result in significant loss of reimbursement and could have a material adverse effect on us.

     Florida also has a criminal prohibition regarding the offering, soliciting, or receiving of remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for the referral of patients (the “Patient Brokering Act”). One of the exceptions to this prohibition is for business and compensation arrangements that do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Accordingly, so long as we are in compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute, then the arrangement should be in compliance with the Patient Brokering Act.

Information Privacy Regulations

     Numerous state, federal and international laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and related rules, or HIPAA. In the provision of services to our patients, we may collect, use, maintain and transmit patient information in ways that may or will be subject to many of these laws and regulations. The three rules that were promulgated pursuant to HIPAA that could most significantly affect our business are the Standards for Electronic Transactions, or Transactions Rule; the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or Privacy Rule; and the Health Insurance Reform Security Standards, or Security Rule. The respective compliance dates for these rules for most entities were October 16, 2002, April 16, 2003 and April 21, 2005. HIPAA applies to covered entities, which include most healthcare providers and health plans that will contract for the use of our services. HIPAA requires covered entities to bind contractors to compliance with certain burdensome HIPAA requirements. Other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy of patient information also apply to us, either directly or indirectly.

     The HIPAA Transactions Rule establishes format and data content standards for eight of the most common healthcare transactions. When we perform billing and collection services for our owned practices or managed practices we may be engaging in one of more of these standard transactions and will be required to conduct those transactions in compliance with the required standards. The HIPAA Privacy Rule restricts the use and disclosure of patient information and requires entities to safeguard that information and to provide certain rights to individuals with respect to that information. The HIPAA Security Rule establishes elaborate requirements for safeguarding patient information transmitted or stored electronically. We may be required to make costly system purchases and modifications to comply with the HIPAA

18


requirements that are imposed on us and our failure to comply with these requirements may result in liability and may adversely affect our business.

     Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and state attorneys general to regulate the collection, use and disclosure of personal or patient information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access.

     Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of private information. These laws in many cases are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and potentially exposing us to additional expenses, adverse publicity and liability. Other countries also have, or are developing, laws governing the collection, use and transmission of personal or patient information and these laws, if applicable, could create liability for us or increase our cost of doing business.

     New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle health care related data, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant. If we do not properly comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.

Employees

     As of March 14, 2007, the Company and its subsidiaries employed and leased approximately 573 persons, of which approximately 481 are full time and 60 are licensed physicians. These employees do not include physicians and other allied healthcare personnel employed by our managed practices.

     Our ability to provide our services is dependent upon recruiting, hiring, and retaining qualified technical personnel. To date, we have been able to recruit and retain sufficient qualified personnel. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be in good standing.

Available Information

     Our Internet address for our corporate website is www.paincareholdings.com. We make available free of charge, through the Investor Information section of our corporate website, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). We have not incorporated by reference into this Report the information on our corporate website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this Report. The Internet address for our corporate website is included as an inactive textual reference only.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

     Our business, operations, and financial condition are subject to various risks. Some of these risks are described below, and you should take such risks into account in evaluating PainCare or any investment decision involving PainCare. This section does not describe all risks that may be applicable to our company, our industry, or our business, and it is intended only as a summary of certain material risk factors. More detailed information concerning the risk factors described below is contained in other sections of this annual report.

Risks Related to Our Business

19


The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the execution of our restructuring plan

     BKHM, P.A., our independent registered public accounting firm, has included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, which expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern due to the defaults on our HBK and CPMASC promissory notes and convertible debentures. The inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph in BKHM, P.A.'s report on our financial statements could have a detrimental effect on our stock price and our ability to raise additional capital.

     Our financial statements have been prepared on the basis of a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. We have not made any adjustments to the financial statements as a result of the outcome of the uncertainty described above. Accordingly, the value of the Company in liquidation may be different from the amounts set forth in our financial statements.

     Our continued success will depend on our ability to continue to raise capital in order to fund the development and commercialization of our products. Failure to raise additional capital may result in substantial adverse circumstances, including delisting of our common stock shares from the American Stock Exchange, which could substantially decrease the liquidity and value of such shares, or ultimately result in our liquidation.

     The Company plans to sell three surgery centers to raise funds for the purpose of restructuring our debt obligations. The proceeds would be used to either pay in full or a substantial portion of the $27.8 million of debt with HBK Investments, L.P. Also, the funds would be used to pay the amount due under the promissory note to the original sellers of the Center for Pain Management Ambulatory Surgery Center (CPMASC) of approximately $7.8 million.

     The objective is to substantially reduce the debt outstanding by using the proceeds of the sale of the surgery center division. There may be an additional amount raised through the issuance of common stock or convertible debentures. These proceeds would primarily be used for working capital needs. The Company would have a significantly reduced debt load if the plan is executed.

     The Company’s working capital needs for 2007 are primarily for contingent cash payments of up to $6.5 million for the acquisitions as the earnings requirements are met. The Company is expected to receive a total of approximately $4 million as a tax refund during the third or fourth quarter of 2007. The refund will be used for working capital needs.

Restatement of consolidated financial statements.

     On January 11, 2007 we received notification from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that there was no further comment on the restatement of our Form 10-K filings for December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004. Prior to the completion of the SEC’s review of our filings, we received comments from the SEC staff regarding our method of accounting for (i) certain term notes, freestanding and embedded derivatives, and (ii) intangible assets acquired in connection with physician practice and surgery center acquisitions. In connection with the SEC review, we restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and the quarters ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005. We also restated the quarters ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006 for our accounting of the intial adoption of FAS 123R, Share-Based Payment.

A number of class action lawsuits have been filed against us and certain of our officers and directors.

     We have become aware of eleven putative class action lawsuits and one derivative action filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. The lawsuits arose in connection with our determination to restate certain of our historical financial statements. We believe that the lawsuits lack merit and we have engaged the international law firm of McDermott Will & Emery LLP to vigorously defend against such allegations and claims. There can be no assurance at this time how the lawsuits in question will ultimately be resolved, or the impact, if any, such resolutions will have on our operations and/or financial condition.

We have received a notice of default from our lenders.

     On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006, and November 8, 2006, we entered into letter agreements (the "Waiver Letters") with HBK Investments L.P. (the "Agent"), HBK Master Fund L.P., ("HBK-MF") and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. ("Del Mar," and together with HBK-MF the "Lenders") pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders waived certain of our breaches of the terms of the loan and security agreement entered into by the parties on May 11, 2005, as amended (the "Loan Agreement"). In consideration of the entry by the Agent and the Lenders into the Waiver Letters, we paid fees to the Lenders in the amount of $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000, respectively.

     The August 9, 2006, Waiver Letter required us to cause the financial covenants in Section 7.18 of the Loan Agreement to be amended on or before October 15, 2006, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders. On October 13, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the October 15, 2006 deadline until November 15, 2006. On November 8, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the November 15, 2006 deadline until December 1, 2006.

20


     On January 1, 2007, we entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the "Forbearance Agreement") with the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement with respect to certain specified events of default under the Loan Agreement that had either occurred or that were thought to likely occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, we agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of (i) $277,500 at closing, plus, (ii) upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement (the "Obligations"), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, and (ii) $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the Obligations have been repaid in full.

     Since our entry into the Forbearance Agreement we have failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, and may have additionally violated certain terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement. On March 21, 2007, we received a Notice of Default from the Agent setting forth certain alleged events of default by us under the Loan Agreement, including, but not limited to, a failure by us to make certain required payments. The Notice of Default further provides (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan Agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable. Should the Agent take additional actions to enforce its rights under the Loan Agreement our business and operations could be materially adversely affected.

     On March 15, 2007, we received a notice of breach and default (the "CPM Notice") from The Center for Pain Management, LLC ("CPM") with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "APA") entered into by us, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the "Members").

     The CPM Notice set forth our failure to make certain installment payments of cash and common stock under the terms of the APA. The CPM Notice further provides that unless we cure the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "Pledge Agreement") entered into by us and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary. Any actions by CPM or the Members to enforce their rights under the APA and Pledge Agreement may trigger certain defaults under our senior credit facility with HBK, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations.

    Pursuant to the terms of the agreements under which we acquired certain of our practices we may be required to make payments in the amount of approximately $3.7 million within the first six months of 2007. Further, our convertible debentures and our secured convertible term notes contain certain provisions and restrictions, which if violated, could result in the full principal amount, $13,455,160 as of December 31, 2006, together with interest and other amounts, becoming immediately due and payable in cash. In addition, there can be no assurance that the lenders under our senior secured credit facility will not exercise certain rights they may have thereunder that might result in us having to make substantial payments to them to induce them to enter into additional forbearance agreements.

We need to continue to improve and implement our controls and procedures.

     Requirements adopted by the SEC in response to the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to (i) evaluate and report on a quarterly basis the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, and (ii) assess and report on an annual basis the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. During our assessment with respect to the effectiveness of the foregoing controls as of December 31, 2006, the end of our most recent fiscal year, management identified a number of material weaknesses, which are fully disclosed in Item 9A in this Form 10-K. As a result of the material weaknesses, management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, the end of our most recent fiscal year, were not effective. In an effort to rectify the foregoing material weaknesses, we have modified our method of accounting for certain transactions and have implemented additional controls. In so doing, we restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and the quarters ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005.

     We continue to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting, and may modify, enhance or supplement them as appropriate in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with all of the SEC control requirements. Any modifications, enhancements or supplements to our controls systems could be costly to prepare or implement, divert the attention of our management from operating our business, and cause our operating expenses to increase over the ensuing year. Further, our stock price may be adversely affected by the current, or any future, determination that our disclosure controls and procedures and/or internal controls over financial reporting were not effective.

Please refer to Item 9A below for an additional discussion regarding our controls.

If we are unable to complete the disposition of our interests in our ambulatory surgery centers and/or enter into one or more financing transactions, we may not have enough cash to fund our operations.

     21


While we are currently in the process of divesting our interests in our ambulatory surgery centers and are actively negotiating with a number of institutional investors over potential financings, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to effectuate either on terms we deem suitable. To the extent we are able to obtain financing and/or divest our interests in the ambulatory surgery centers we anticipate using a substantial percentage of the proceeds therefrom to reduce our debt obligations and satisfy our payment obligations to our acquired practices. Any financing transaction in which we enter will likely result in a significant ownership dilution to our existing stockholders, on a fully diluted basis, as a result of the current market price for our common stock.

In the event we are unable to accomplish either the divestiture of our ambulatory surgery centers or the closing of additional rounds of financing, we may not have sufficient cash to fund our operations in the short term, which could result in, among other adverse consequences, our default under our senior credit facility, convertible debentures, and secured convertible term notes, and other obligations.

The success of our growth strategy depends on the successful identification, completion and integration of acquisitions.

     We have acquired or entered into general management agreements with 21 physician practices and nine ambulatory surgery centers since 2002 and we intend to pursue additional acquisitions and management relationships. Our future success will depend on our ability to identify and complete acquisitions as well as integrate the acquired businesses with our existing operations.

     More recently, we have developed managed care initiatives through provisions of utilization management, case management, care coaching, and a provider network. There are inherent risks associated with expanding our product services line such as the inability to contract with physicians at a reduced treatment rate for each regional area as well as having the ability to convince insurance providers to reduce the rate of co-payment. . We are entering into a new paradigm of managed care which will require additional demands on our infrastructure in order to become a key competitor within this facet of the health care industry.

      Our growth strategy will result in significant additional demands on our infrastructure, and will place a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational, financial and technical resources, and increase demands on our systems and controls. Our growth strategy involves numerous risks, including, but not limited to:

·    the possibility that we are not able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms;
 
·    possible decreases in capital resources or dilution to existing stockholders;
 
·    difficulties and expenses incurred in connection with an acquisition;
 
·    the difficulties of operating an acquired business;
 
·    the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
 
·    a limited ability to predict future operating results of acquired practices; and
 
·    the potential loss of key physicians, employees and patients of an acquired practice.

     In the event that the operations of an acquired practice do not meet expectations, we may be required to restructure the acquired practice or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired practice. We cannot assure you that any acquisition will be successfully integrated into our operations or will have the intended financial or strategic results.

     In addition, acquisitions entail an inherent risk that we could become subject to contingent or other liabilities in connection with the acquisitions, including liabilities arising from events or conduct pre-dating our acquisition and that were not known to us at the time of acquisition. Although we conduct due diligence in connection with each of our acquisitions, this does not mean that we will necessarily identify all potential problems or issues in connection with any

22


given acquisition, some of which could be significant.

     Our failure to successfully identify and complete future acquisitions or to integrate and successfully manage completed acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth strategy may not prove viable and expected growth and value may not be realized.

     Our strategy is to rapidly grow by acquiring, establishing and managing a network of pain management, minimally invasive spine surgery and orthopedic rehabilitation centers. Identifying appropriate physician groups and proposing, negotiating and implementing economically attractive affiliations with them can be a lengthy, complex and costly process. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in identifying and establishing relationships with orthopedic surgery and pain management groups. If we are successful in implementing our strategy of rapid growth, such growth may impair our ability to efficiently provide non-professional support services, facilities, equipment, non-professional personnel, supplies and non-professional support staff to medical practices. Our future financial results could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to manage growth effectively.

     There can be no assurance that physicians, medical providers or the medical community in general will accept our business strategy and adopt the strategy offered by us. The extent to which, and rate at which, these services achieve market acceptance and penetration will depend on many variables including, but not limited to, the establishment and demonstration in the medical community of the clinical safety, efficacy and cost-effectiveness of these services, the advantage of these services over existing technology, and third-party reimbursement practices. There can be no assurance that the medical community and third-party payors will accept our technology. Similar risks will confront any other services developed by us in the future. Failure of our services to gain market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

     Integrated Pain Solutions is the nation’s first and foremost pain-focused managed services organization. Our services address the entire continuum of care for persons with acute and chronic pain conditions by offering a comprehensive, integrated array of products. There can be no assurance that the products we offer to pain suffering patients will prove to be a viable source to their healthcare needs. There can be no assurance that the medical community and third-party payors will accept our business strategy.

Our operations have not been profitable in recent periods.

     For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, net loss was $(26,482,506), $(5,339,378) and $(1,501,482), respectively. There is potential of this trend to continue into the future as the Company reduces its emphasis on acquisitions, divests interest in its ambulatory surgery centers, and focuses its efforts on organic growth and the IPS initiative.

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets and any impairment, reduction, or elimination of these intangible assets could hurt our results of continuing operations.

     As of December 31, 2006, we had other intangible assets and net goodwill for continuing operations, of approximately $90.6 million, which constituted 55.4% of our total consolidated assets. The net goodwill reflects the amount we pay for our acquired practices in excess of the fair value of other identifiable intangible and tangible assets. Our net goodwill will increase in the future as a result of our acquisitions as we pay the contingent purchase price for the acquisitions according to the terms of the respective purchase agreements. In addition, we expect to acquire additional goodwill in connection with future acquisitions. As prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill; rather it is carried on our balance sheet until it is impaired. Although goodwill is not amortized, the other intangible asset, which is the physician referral network, is amortized over seven years. In addition, both goodwill and other intangibles are tested annually for impairment. Any determination of impairment could require a significant reduction, or the elimination, of goodwill, which

23


could hurt our results of operations. Such impairment charges were identified and recorded in 2006 in the total amount of $34.0 million. Also, the effect of a prolonged downturn in our business will be exacerbated by the impairment, and resulting write-down, of goodwill related to a reduction in the value of our acquired practices.

Our cash flow and financial condition may be adversely affected by the assumption of credit risks.

     Our managed and limited management practices bill their patients’ insurance carriers for services provided by the practices. By undertaking the responsibility for patient billing and collection activities, the practices assume the credit risk presented by the patient base, as well as the risk of payment delays attendant to reimbursement through governmental programs or third-party payors. If our practices are unsuccessful in collecting a substantial amount of such fees, it will have a material adverse affect on our financial condition because our compensation from these practices is dependent on the practices’ collections. During the second half of 2006, we performed an analysis of our historical cash collections and adjusted the current collection percentages on several practices. This resulted in a $4.2 million write off of net receivables.

We rely on the services of our physicians. We may not be able to attract and retain qualified physicians we need to support our business.

     Our operations are substantially dependent on the services of our practices’ physicians. With respect to our owned practices, we have employment agreements with our physicians that generally have terms of five years, but may be terminated by either party in certain circumstances. Our management agreements with our managed practices generally have a 40 year term, while our agreements with limited management practices have a five year term with options for two additional five year renewal terms which are exercisable at our election. These agreements may be earlier terminated under certain circumstances. Although we will endeavor to maintain and renew such contracts, in the event a significant number of physicians terminate their relationships with us, our business could be adversely affected. While our employment and management agreements contain covenants not to compete with us for a period of generally two years after termination of employment, these provisions may not be enforceable.

     We compete with many types of health care providers and government institutions for the services of qualified physicians. If we are unable to attract and retain physicians, our revenues will decrease and our business will suffer.

If certain key employees were to leave, we may be unable to operate our business profitably, complete existing projects or undertake certain new projects.

     Our key employees and consultants include Merrill Reuter, M.D., Randy Lubinsky, Mark Szporka, and Ron Riewold. We have entered into employment agreements with Randy Lubinsky (Chief Executive Officer and Director), Ron Riewold (President and Director), Mark Szporka (Chief Financial Officer and Director), and Dr. Merrill Reuter (President of one of our subsidiaries and Chairman of the Board). Should the services of Dr. Reuter, Randy Lubinsky, Ron Riewold, or Mark Szporka or other key personnel become unavailable to us for any reason, our business could be adversely affected. There is no assurance that we will be able to retain these key individuals and/or attract new employees of the caliber needed to achieve our objectives. We do not maintain any key employee life insurance policies.

Our employment agreements with certain senior executive officers entitle them to individual annual bonuses equal to a minimum of $200,000 up to a maximum of 150% of salary.

Our employment agreements with our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and President, which expire on December 31, 2010, and were amended effective January 1, 2006, entitle each officer to a minimum annual bonus of $200,000 up to a maximum of 150% of their base salary in any one calendar year.

Increased costs associated with corporate governance compliance may significantly affect our results of operations.

24


     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and our being subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires changes in some of our corporate governance and securities disclosure and compliance practices, and requires a review of our internal control procedures. We expect these developments to increase our legal compliance and financial reporting costs. In addition, they could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, or qualified executive officers. Finally, director and officer liability insurance for public companies has become more difficult and more expensive to obtain, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur higher costs to obtain coverage that is satisfactory to us and our officers or directors. We are presently evaluating and monitoring regulatory developments and cannot estimate the timing or magnitude or additional costs we may incur as a result.

Changes associated with reimbursement by third-party payors for our services may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

     Our revenues are directly dependent on the acceptance of the services provided by our managed practices and limited management practices as covered benefits under third-party payor programs, including PPOs, HMOs and other managed care entities. The health care industry is undergoing significant changes, with third-party payors taking measures to reduce reimbursement rates or, in some cases, denying reimbursement for previously acceptable treatment modalities. There is no assurance that third-party payors will continue to pay for the services provided by our owned practices under their payor programs or by the managed practices. Failure of third-party payors to adequately cover minimally invasive surgery or other services will have a material adverse effect on us.

Professional liability claims could adversely impact our business.

     Our managed practices are involved in the delivery of health care services to the public and are exposed to the risk of professional liability claims. Claims of this nature, if successful, could result in damage awards to the claimants in excess of the limits of any applicable insurance coverage. Insurance against losses related to claims of this type can be expensive and varies widely from state to state. There can be no assurance that our owned and managed practices will not be subject to such claims, that any claim will be successfully defended or, if our practices are found liable, that the claim will not exceed the limits of our insurance. Liabilities in excess of our insurance could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our business is subject to substantial competition which could have a material impact on our business and financial condition.

     The health care industry, in general, and the markets for orthopedic, rehabilitation and minimally invasive surgery services in particular, are highly competitive. The practices we own or manage compete with other physicians and rehabilitation clinics who may be better established or have greater recognition in a particular community than the physicians in these practices. These practices also compete against hospitals and large health care companies, such as HealthSouth, Inc. and U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc., with respect to orthopedic and rehabilitation services, and Symbion and AmSurg Corp, with respect to outpatient surgery centers. These hospitals and companies have established operating histories and greater financial resources than us. In addition, we expect competition to increase, particularly in the market for rehabilitation services, as consolidation of the physical therapy industry continues through the acquisition by hospitals and large health care companies of physician-owned and other privately owned physical therapy practices. We will also compete with our competitors in connection with acquisition opportunities.

Failure to obtain managed care contracts and legislative changes could adversely affect our business.

     There can be no assurance that our owned or managed practices will be able to obtain managed care contracts. These practices’ future inability to obtain managed care contracts in their markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation. In addition, federal and state legislative proposals have been introduced that could substantially increase the number of Medicare and Medicaid recipients enrolled in HMOs and other

25


managed care plans. We derive, through these practices, a substantial portion of our revenue from Medicare and Medicaid. In the event such proposals are adopted, there can be no assurance that these practices will be able to obtain contracts from HMOs and other managed care plans serving Medicare and Medicaid enrollees. Failure to obtain such contracts could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if our practices are able to enter into managed care contracts, the terms of such agreements may not be favorable to us.

Risks Related to Our Industry

The health care industry is highly regulated and our failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us or the owned practices, and the failure of the managed practices and the limited management practices to comply with laws and regulations applicable to them, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

     Our owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices are subject to stringent federal, state and local government health care laws and regulations. If we or they fail to comply with applicable laws, or if a determination is made that in the past we or the managed practices or the limited management practices have failed to comply with these laws, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our license or our physicians’ licenses to operate and our ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid and other government sponsored and third-party health care programs. In addition, laws and regulations are constantly changing and may impose additional requirements. These changes could have the effect of impeding our ability to continue to do business or reduce our opportunities to continue to grow.

Periodic revisions to laws and regulations may reduce the revenues generated by the owned practices, managed practices and the limited management practices.

     A significant amount of the revenues generated by our owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices is derived from governmental payors. These governmental payors have taken and may continue to take steps designed to reduce the cost of medical care. Private payors often follow the lead of governmental payors, and private payors have been taking steps to reduce the cost to them of medical care. A change in the makeup of the patient mix that results in a decrease in patients covered by private insurance or a shift by private payors to other payment structures could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If reductions in reimbursement occur, the revenues generated by the owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices could shrink. This shrinkage would cause a reduction in our revenues. Accordingly, our business could be adversely affected by reductions in or limitations on reimbursement amounts for medical services rendered, payor mix changes or shifts by payors to different payment structures.

     Because government-sponsored payors generally pay providers based on a fee schedule, and the trend is for private payors to do the same, we may not be able to prevent a decrease in our revenues by increasing the amounts the owned practices charge for services. The same applies to the limited management practices and the managed practices. They cannot increase their charges in an attempt to counteract reductions in reimbursement for services. There can be no assurance that any reduced operating margins could be recouped through cost reductions, increased volume, and introduction of additional procedures or otherwise. We believe that trends in cost containment in the health care industry will continue to result in reductions from historical levels of per-patient revenue.

Federal and state healthcare reform may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

     Federal and state governments have continued to focus significant attention on health care reform. A broad range of health care reform measures have been introduced in Congress and in state legislatures. It is not clear at this time what proposals, if any, will be adopted, or, if adopted, what effect, if any, such proposals would have on our business. Currently

26


proposed federal and state legislation could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our affiliated physicians may not appropriately record or document services they provide.

     Our affiliated physicians are responsible for assigning reimbursement codes and maintaining sufficient supporting documentation for the services they provide. The owned practices, managed practices and limited management practices use this information to seek reimbursement for their services from third-party payors. If these physicians do not appropriately code or document their services, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Unfavorable changes or conditions could occur in the geographic areas where our operations are concentrated.

     A majority of our revenue in 2006 was generated by our operations in five states. Adverse changes or conditions affecting these particular markets, such as health care reforms, changes in laws and regulations, reduced Medicaid reimbursements and government investigations, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory authorities could assert that the owned practices, the managed practices or the limited management practices fail to comply with the federal Stark Law. If such a claim were successfully asserted, this would result in the inability of these practices to bill for services rendered, which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we could be required to restructure or terminate our arrangements with these practices. This result, or our inability to successfully restructure the arrangements to comply with the Stark Law, could jeopardize our business.

     Section 1877 of Title 18 of the Social Security Act, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law”, prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity for the furnishing of Medicare-covered “designated health services” if the physician (or an immediate family member of the physician) has a “financial relationship” with that entity. “Designated health services” include clinical laboratory services; physical and occupational therapy services; radiology services, including magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, and ultrasound services (including the professional component of such diagnostic testing, but excluding procedures where the imaging modality is used to guide a needle, probe or catheter accurately); radiation therapy services and supplies; durable medical equipment and supplies; home health services; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; and others. A “financial relationship” is defined as an ownership or investment interest in or a compensation arrangement with an entity that provides designated health services. Sanctions for prohibited referrals include denial of Medicare payment and civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 for each service ordered. Designated health services furnished pursuant to a referral that is prohibited by the Stark Law are not covered by Medicare and payments improperly collected must be promptly refunded.

     The physicians in our owned practices have a financial relationship with the owned practices (they receive compensation for services rendered) and may refer patients to the owned practices for physical and occupational therapy services (and perhaps other designated health services) covered by Medicare. Therefore, an exception would have to apply to allow the physicians in our owned practices to refer patients to the owned practices for the provision by the owned practices of Medicare-covered designated health services.

     There are several exceptions to the prohibition on referrals for designated health services which have the effect of allowing a physician that has a financial relationship with an entity to make referrals to that entity for the provision of Medicare-covered designated health services. The exception on which we rely with respect to the owned practices is the exception for employees, as all of the physicians employed in our owned practices are W-2 employees of the respective owned practices. Therefore, we believe that the physicians employed by our owned practices can refer patients to the owned practices for the provision of designated health services covered by Medicare. Nevertheless, should the owned practices fail to adhere to the conditions of the employment exception, or if a regulator determines that the employees or

27


the employment relationship do not meet the criteria of the employment exception, the owned practices would be liable for violating the Stark Law, which could have a material adverse effect on us. We believe that our relationships with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, do not trigger the Stark Law. Nevertheless, if a regulator were somehow to determine that these relationships are subject to the Stark Law, and that the relationships do not meet the conditions of any exception to the Stark Law, such failure would have a material adverse effect on us.

     The referral of Medicare patients by physicians employed by or under contract with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, to their respective practices, however, does trigger the Stark Law. We believe, nevertheless, that the in-office ancillary exception to the Stark Law has the effect of permitting these physician members of the respective managed practices and limited management practices to refer patients to their respective group practice for the provision by the respective group practice of Medicare-covered designated health services. If the managed practices or limited management practices were found not to comply with the terms of the in-office ancillary exception, they cannot properly bill Medicare for the designated health services provided by them. In such an event, our business could be materially adversely affected because the revenues we generate from these practices are dependent, at least in part, on the revenues or profits generated by those practices.

Regulatory authorities could assert that our owned practices, the managed practices or the limited management practices, or the contractual arrangements between us and the managed practices or the limited management practices, fail to comply with state laws analogous to the Stark Law. In such event, we could be subject to civil penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the contractual arrangements.

     At least some of the states in which we do business also have prohibitions on physician self-referrals that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws and interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. As indicated elsewhere, we enter into management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices. Under those agreements, we provide management and other items and services to the practices in exchange for compensation. Although we believe that the practices comply with these laws, and although we attempt to structure our relationships with these practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from violating these laws (or in a manner that we believe does not trigger the law), state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that the practices violate these laws and/or that our agreements with the practices violate these laws. Any such conclusion could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Regulatory authorities or other persons could assert that our relationships with our owned practices, the managed practices or the limited management practices fail to comply with the anti-kickback law. If such a claim were successfully asserted, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. If we were subject to penalties or are unable to successfully restructure the relationships to comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute it would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

     The anti-kickback provisions of the Social Security Act prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully (a) soliciting or receiving any remuneration in return for referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs; or (b) offering or paying any remuneration to induce a person to make referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs, which we refer to as the “Anti-Kickback Statute” or “Anti-Kickback Law.” The prohibited remuneration may be paid directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind.

     Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony and criminal conviction results in a fine of not more than $25,000, imprisonment for not more than five years, or both. Further, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”) has the authority to exclude violators from all federal health care programs and/or impose civil monetary penalties of $50,000 for each violation and assess damages of not more than three times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited or received.

28


     As the result of a congressional mandate, the Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) of DHHS promulgated a regulation specifying certain payment practices which the OIG determined to be at minimal risk for abuse. The OIG named these payment practices “Safe Harbors.” If a payment arrangement fits within a Safe Harbor, it will be deemed not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Merely because a payment arrangement does not comply with all of the elements of any Safe Harbor, however, does not mean that the parties to the payment arrangement are violating the Anti-Kickback Statute.

     We receive fees under our agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices for management and administrative services and equipment and supplies. We do not believe we are in a position to make or influence referrals of patients or services reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Because the provisions of the Anti-Kickback Statute are broadly worded and have been broadly interpreted by federal courts, however, it is possible that the government could take the position that we, as a result of our ownership of the owned practices, and as a result of our relationships with the limited management practices and the managed practices, will be subject, directly and indirectly, to the Anti-Kickback Statute.

     With respect to the managed practices and the limited management practices, we contract with the managed practices to provide general management services and limited management services, respectively. In return for those services, we receive compensation. The OIG has concluded that, depending on the facts of each particular arrangement, management arrangements may be subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute. In particular, an advisory opinion published by the OIG in 1998 (98-4) concluded that in a proposed management services arrangement where a management company was required to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the practice, the proposed arrangement could constitute prohibited remuneration where the management company would be reimbursed for its costs and paid a percentage of net practice revenues.

     Our management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices differ from the management agreement analyzed in Advisory Opinion 98-4. Significantly, we believe we are not in a position to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices. In fact, our management agreements do not require us to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the managed practices or the limited management practices, or to provide marketing, advertising, public relation services or practice expansion services to those practices. Because we do not undertake to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices, and the services provided to these practices differ in scope from those provided under Advisory Opinion 98-4, we believe that our management agreements with the managed practices and limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, although we believe we have structured our management agreements in such a manner as not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, we cannot guarantee that a regulator would not conclude that the compensation to us under the management agreements constitutes prohibited remuneration. In such an event, our operations would be materially adversely affected.

     The relationship between the physicians employed by the owned practices and the owned practices is subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute as well because the employed physicians refer Medicare patients to the owned practices and the employed physicians receive compensation from the owned practices for services rendered on behalf of the owned practices. Nevertheless, we have tried to structure our arrangements with our physician employees to meet the employment Safe Harbor. Therefore, it is our position that the owned practices’ arrangements with their respective employed physicians do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, if the relationship between the owned practices and their physician employees is determined not to be a bona fide employment relationship, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

     Our agreements with the limited management practices may also raise different Anti-Kickback concerns, but we believe that our arrangements are sufficiently different from those deemed suspect by the OIG so as not to violate the law. In April of 2003, the OIG issued a Special Advisory Bulletin where the OIG addressed contractual arrangements where a health care provider in one line of business (“Owner”) expands into a related health care business by contracting with an

29


existing provider of a related item or service (“Manager”) to provide the new item or service to the Owner’s existing patient population. In those arrangements, the Manager not only manages the new line of business, but may also supply it with inventory, employees, space, billing and other services. In other words, the Owner contracts out substantially the entire operation of the related line of business to the Manager, receiving in return the profits of the business as remuneration for its federal program referrals to the Manager.

     According to the OIG, contractual joint ventures have the following characteristics: (i) the establishment of a new line of business; (ii) a captive referral base; (iii) the Owner lacks business risk; (iv) the Manager is a would be competitor of the Owner’s new line of business; (v) the scope of services provided by the Manager is extremely broad, with the manager providing: day to day management; billing; equipment; personnel; office space; training; health care items, supplies and services; (vi) the practical effect of the arrangement is to enable the Owner to bill insurers and patients for business otherwise provided by the Manager; (vii) the parties agree to a non-compete clause barring the Owner from providing items or services to any patient other than those coming from the Owner and/or barring the Manager from providing services in its own right to the Owner’s patients.

     We have attempted to draft our agreements with the limited management practices in a manner that takes into account the concerns in the Special Advisory Bulletin. Specifically, under our arrangements, the limited management practice takes business risk. It is financially responsible for the following costs: the space required to provide the services; employment costs of the personnel providing the services and intake personnel; and billing and collections. We do not reimburse the limited management practice for any of these costs. We provide solely equipment, supplies and our management expertise. In return for these items and services, we receive a percentage of the limited management practice’s collections from the services being managed by us. Consequently, we believe that the limited management practice is not being compensated for its referrals.

     Although we believe that our arrangements with the limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute for the reasons specified above, we cannot guarantee that our arrangements will be free from scrutiny by the OIG or that the OIG would not conclude that these arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. In the event the OIG were to conclude that these arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, this would have a material adverse effect on us.

State regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine. If such a claim were successfully asserted, we could be subject to civil, and perhaps criminal, penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. This result, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships to comply with these statutes, could jeopardize our business and results of operations.

     Many states in which we do business have corporate practice of medicine laws which prohibit us from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We enter into management agreements with managed practices and limited management practices. Under those agreements, we provide management and other items and services to the practices in exchange for a service fee. We structure our relationships with the practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from engaging in the corporate practice of medicine or exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of the practices or their physicians. Nevertheless, state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that our agreements violate these laws.

Regulatory authorities or others may assert that our agreements with limited management practices or managed practices, or our owned practices, violate state fee splitting laws. If such a claim were successfully asserted, we could be subject to civil and perhaps criminal penalties, and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. This result, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships to comply with these statutes, could jeopardize our business and results of operations.

30


     The laws of many states prohibit physicians from splitting fees with non-physicians (or other physicians). These laws vary from state to state and are enforced by the courts and by regulatory authorities with broad discretion. The relationship between us on the one hand, and the managed practices and limited management practices, on the other hand, may raise issues in some states with fee splitting prohibitions. Although we have attempted to structure our contracts with the managed practices and the limited management practices in a manner that keeps us from violating prohibitions on fee splitting, state regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in practices that constitute fee-splitting, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

Our use and disclosure of patient information is subject to privacy regulations.

     Numerous state, federal and international laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and related rules, or HIPAA. In the provision of services to our patients, we may collect, use, maintain and transmit patient information in ways that may or will be subject to many of these laws and regulations. The three rules that were promulgated pursuant to HIPAA that could most significantly affect our business are the Standards for Electronic Transactions, or Transactions Rule; the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or Privacy Rule; and the Health Insurance Reform Security Standards, or Security Rule. The respective compliance dates for these rules for most entities were October 16, 2002, April 16, 2003 and April 21, 2005. HIPAA applies to covered entities, which include most health care providers that will contract for the use of our services. HIPAA requires covered entities to bind contractors to comply with certain burdensome HIPAA requirements. Other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy of patient information also apply to us, either directly or indirectly.

     The HIPAA Transactions Rule establishes format and data content standards for eight of the most common health care transactions. When we perform billing and collection services for our owned practices or managed practices we may be engaging in one or more of these standard transactions and will be required to conduct those transactions in compliance with the required standards. The HIPAA Privacy Rule restricts the use and disclosure of patient information, requires covered entities to safeguard that information and to provide certain rights to individuals with respect to that information. The HIPAA Security Rule establishes elaborate requirements for safeguarding patient information transmitted or stored electronically. We may be required to make costly system purchases and modifications to comply with the HIPAA requirements that are imposed on us and our failure to comply may result in liability and adversely affect our business.

     Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and state attorneys general, to regulate the collection, use and disclosure of personal or patient information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access.

     Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of private information. These laws in many cases are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. Other countries also have, or are developing, laws governing the collection, use and transmission of personal or patient information and, if applicable, these laws could create liability for us or increase our cost of doing business.

     New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle health care related data, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant. If we do not properly comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Because we use our common stock as consideration for our acquisitions, your interest in our company will be

31


significantly diluted. In addition, if the investors in our recent financings convert their debentures and notes, or if we elect to pay principal and/or interest on the debentures and notes with shares of our common stock or anti-dilution rights in these securities are triggered, our existing stockholders will experience significant dilution.

     We have used, and we expect in the future to use, our common stock as consideration for our acquisitions. In addition, a significant amount of our acquisitions’ purchase price is contingent upon future performance. We expect to issue a significant amount of our common stock to pay contingent purchase prices for previous acquisitions. In addition, because the value of the stock we issue as payment of contingent consideration is not fixed, to the extent our stock price decreases, our existing stockholders' interest in our company will be even more diluted by the payment of contingent consideration.

     To the extent that our outstanding debentures and notes are converted, a significantly greater number of shares of our common stock will be outstanding and the interests of our existing stockholders will be substantially diluted. In addition, if we complete a financing at a price per share that is less than the conversion price of our debentures and notes, the conversion price of our debentures and notes will be reduced to the financing price. We cannot predict whether or how many additional shares of our common stock will become issuable as a result of these provisions. Hence, such amounts could be substantial. Additionally, we may elect to make payments of principal and interest on the debentures and the notes in shares of our common stock, which could result in increased downward pressure on our stock price and further dilution to our existing stockholders.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including sales by our stockholders with significant holdings, may depress our stock price.

     Most of our outstanding shares of common stock are freely tradable. In 2004, we filed registration statements registering the resale of 49,376,123 shares, which includes shares issuable upon conversion of convertible notes and debentures, upon exercise of options and warrants and shares that are issuable pursuant to the earnout provisions of various business acquisitions. The market price of our common stock could drop due to sales of a large number of shares or the perception that such sales could occur, including sales or perceived sales by our directors, officers or principal stockholders. These factors also could make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of common stock.

There is a limited market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock has been volatile.

     There is a limited market for our common stock. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for the common stock will be developed or maintained. Historically, the market prices for securities of companies like us have been highly volatile. In fact, since January 1, 2002, our common stock price has ranged from a low of $0.12 to a high of $5.45 (as determined on a reverse-split basis). The market price of the shares could continue to be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various factors and events, including the liquidity of the market for the shares, announcements of potential business acquisitions, and changes in general market conditions.

We do not expect to pay dividends.

     Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is not expected to declare dividends or make any other distributions in the foreseeable future, but instead intends to retain earnings, if any, for use in business operations. In addition, the securities purchase agreement for our convertible notes contains restrictions on the payment of dividends. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the payment of dividends in considering an investment in our Company.

Provisions of Florida law and our charter documents may hinder a change of control and therefore depress the price of our common stock.

32


     Our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and Florida law contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us by various means such as a tender offer or merger not approved by our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions may also entrench our management by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to replace or remove our management or board of directors. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None

33


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     Our principal executive office is located in Orlando, Florida where we lease office space for our corporate headquarters. In addition to our headquarters building, as of December 31, 2006 we leased approximately 47 facilities through various consolidated entities to support our operations. Our leases generally have initial terms of five years, but range from one to ten. Most of our leases contain options to extend the lease period for up to five additional years. Our consolidated entities are sometimes responsible for property taxes, property casualty insurance, and routine maintenance expenses. With regard to all of our consolidated facilities, none are material to our business.

     Our headquarters, facilities, and other properties are suitable for their respective uses and are, in general, adequate for our present needs. Our properties are subject to various federal, state, and local statutes and ordinances regulating their operations. Management does not believe that compliance with such statutes and ordinances will materially affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Refer to Note 22 Related Party Transactions for a listing of related party lease agreements.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     We have become aware of eleven putative class action lawsuits and one derivative action filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. We understand that the lawsuits arose in connection with our determination to restate certain of our historical financial statements. We believe that the lawsuits lack merit and we have engaged the international law firm of McDermott Will & Emery LLP to vigorously defend against such allegations and claims. There can be no assurance at this time how the lawsuits in question will ultimately be resolved, or the impact, if any, such resolutions will have on our operations and/or financial condition.

     On March 21, 2006, Roy Thomas Mould filed a complaint under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 against the Company, as well as the Company's chief executive officer and chief financial officer, before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Mould v. PainCare Holdings, Inc., et al. , Case No. 06-CV-00362-JA-DAB. Mr. Mould alleges material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with the Company's financial statements which appear to relate principally to the Company's previously announced intention to restate certain past financial statements. Ten additional complaints were filed shortly afterward before the same court which recite similar allegations. (Collectively, these cases will be referred to as the “Securities Litigation.”) Lead counsel was selected, a consolidated complaint was filed, the Company moved to dismiss, and oral argument on the motion was held on January 17, 2007 before the Magistrate Judge, and we are awaiting the issuance of the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation. In the consolidated complaint, the lead plaintiff seeks unspecified damages and purports to represent a class of shareholders who purchased the Company’s common stock from March 24, 2003 and March 15, 2006. The Company cannot predict the outcome of the Securities Litigation, but has advised us that it believes that the allegations lack merit and will vigorously defend against them.

     On April 7, 2006, Kenneth R. Cope filed a derivative complaint against the directors of the Company before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Cope v. Reuter, et al., Case No. 06-CV-00449-JA-DAB. Mr. Cope alleges that the directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to supervise and manage the operations of the company, among other claims. (This litigation is referred to as the “Derivative Action.”)

     On March 30, 2006, and May 3, 2006, two purported shareholders of the Company made separate demands on the Company’s board of directors. These demands raised many if not all of the same issues as the Derivative Action, but asked the independent directors to investigate the charges and to take “legal actions against those individuals responsible.”

     In accordance with governing Florida law, the Company formed a special committee of independent directors (Tom Crane, Jay Rosen and Aldo Berti) to review and investigate the two derivative demands and the allegations of the derivative complaint, to oversee settlement discussions and to make recommendations concerning the handling of the demands and the complaints to the full board of directors. To assist with this charge, the special committee retained the

34


law firm of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell.

     In November of 2006, the Company and the plaintiff in the Derivative Action entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise, Settlement and Release, filed on November 30, 2006, and conditioned upon court approval. Concurrently with the filing of the foregoing agreement, the parties jointly moved from preliminary court approval, and thereafter, for final approval following notice to the Company’s shareholders. On January 12, 2007, the court preliminary approved the Stipulation and Agreement and set a hearing on April 20, 2007, for final approval.

     Further, the Company has received demands from Dr. Wright, The Centeno Group, and the Amphora Group related to alleged misrepresentations. With regard to these demands, no demand for monetary damages has been made nor has litigation been commenced, and the demands have since been resolved. The Company disputes the basis of any claim, and it is premature to be able to estimate the potential exposure, if any.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     On October 4, 2005 the Company filed and subsequently amended a Definitive Proxy Statement with the SEC with respect to the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of the Company for use at the Annual Meeting of its stockholders (the "Annual Meeting”), which was held on October 27, 2006. With respect to the proposals set forth in the Proxy Statement, the Company set the record date as of the close of business on September 25, 2006 (the "Record Date") for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting. As of the Record Date, there were 66,722,239 shares issued to Company stockholders which were entitled to vote.

At the Annual Meeting of the Company stockholders, the following matters were approved:

     1.Election of Directors. The board of directors of the Company nominated and the stockholders elected the following individuals to serve on the Company’s board until the next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are nominated and appointed:

VOTE 1:

Name   Shares For   Shares Against     Abstain
    Proxy   In Person   Proxy   In Person   Proxy   In Person
Randy Lubinsky   43,283,122   1,429,544   652,040   -   -   -
Mark Szporka   43,265,987   1,429,544   669,175   -   -   -
Merrill Reuter, M.D.   43,307,460   1,429,544   627,702   -   -   -
Ronald Riewold   43,323,787   1,429,544   611,375   -   -   -
Jay Rosen, M.D.   43,343,447   1,429,544   591,715   -   -   -
Arthur J. Hudson   43,281,950   1,429,544   653,212   -   -   -
Robert Fusco   43,301,944   1,429,544   633,218   -   -   -
Thomas J. Crane   43,319,085   1,429,544   616,077   -   -   -
Aldo F. Berti   43,333,447   1,429,544   601,715   -   -   -

2. The stockholders ratified the appointment of BKHM, P.A. (formerly “Beemer, Pricher, Kuehnhackl & Heidbrink, P.A.”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

VOTE 2:            
 
SHARES FOR:   Proxy: 43,524,079   SHARES AGAINST:   Proxy: 355,818
    In Person:1,429,544       In Person: -

35


ABSTAIN:   Proxy: 55,265
    In Person:_-____

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     Our common stock traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol HELP from September 29, 1997 to March 18, 2002. On June 16, 2003 our common stock commenced trading on the American Stock Exchange and our symbol was changed to PRZ.

(a)      Market Information. The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low sale prices of our common stock on the American Stock Exchange.
 
     Common Stock
CALENDAR 2005   High     Low
Quarter ending March 31, 2005 $5.22   $2.90
Quarter ending June 30, 2005 $5.45   $3.75
Quarter ending September 30, 2005 $4.49   $3.50
Quarter ending December 31, 2005 4.21   $3.05
CALENDAR 2006      
Quarter ending March 31, 2006 $3.74   $1.40
Quarter ending June 30, 2006 $2.06   $1.40
Quarter ending September 30, 2006 $2.30   $1.22
Quarter ending December 31, 2006 $1.72   $0.99

The last sale price of our common stock on March 23, 2007 as reported on the American Stock Exchange was $0.43 per share.

     (b) Stockholders. As of March 23, 2007, we had 66,679,788 shares of common stock outstanding and approximately 8,597 common stockholders of record obtained from ADP Investor Communication Services, including individual and broker-dealer position listings.

     (c) Dividends. Since July 2002, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is not expected to declare dividends or make any other distributions in the foreseeable future, but instead intends to retain earnings, if any, for use in business operations. In addition, the securities purchase agreement for our convertible notes contains restrictions on the payment of dividends. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the payment of dividends in considering an investment in our Company.

     (d) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. The following information sets forth certain information for all securities sold by the Company during the past year without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

36


2006 Acquisitions        
Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC, a
fully accredited ambulatory surgical center
with four locations in Maryland.
   
   
   
  January 3, 2006
 
 
 
 
 
  $3,750,000 in cash and 1,021,942 shares of common stock,
plus promissory notes totaling $7,500,000 in principal, due
one year from the closing date. On December 5, 2006, an
additional $300,000 promissory note was issued and the due
date of both the $7,500,000 and $300,000 promissory notes
were extended until April 3, 2007.
REC, Inc. & CareFirst Medical Associates,
P.A., co-located pain management and
orthopedic rehabilitation practices located in
Whitehouse, Texas.
  January 6, 2006
 
 
 
  $625,000 in cash and 191,131 shares of PainCare’s common
stock, plus contingent payments of up to $1,250,000 in cash
and common stock if certain performance goals are met.
 
Desert Pain Medicine Group, a pain
management physician practice with three
locations in California.
  January 20, 2006
 
 
  $1,500,000 in cash and 471,698 shares of PainCare’s common
stock, plus contingent payments of up to $3,000,000 in cash
and common stock if certain performance goals are met.
Amphora, LLC, an interoperative monitoring
company based in Denver, Colorado, serving
medical institutions throughout Colorado,
Wyoming, Arizona and Nebraska
   
  February 1, 2006
 
 
 
 
PainCare purchased a 60% ownership interest and paid
$3,250,000 in cash and 1,035,032 shares of PainCare’s
common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $8,500,000
in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are
met. This transaction was rescinded on December 11, 2006.

     During 2006, we issued a total of 159,153 common shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Islandia, LP for the payment of convertible debenture interest.

     During 2006, we issued a total of 3,305,033 common shares to certain accredited investors with respect to a private placement.

     During 2006, we issued a total of 1,310,000 common shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd., Islandia, LP and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. replacing cancelled warrants, which were previously issued in connection with two convertible debt financings.

     During 2006, we issued a total of 500,000 common shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Islandia, LP, pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement.

    
During 2006, we issued a total of 3,510,738 common shares for contingent payments.

     With respect to the foregoing offers and sale of restricted and unregistered securities, the Company relied on the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to Rules 505 and 506 of Regulation D, in that such transaction did not involve any public offering of securities and were exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The offers and sale of the securities was not made by any means of general solicitation, the securities were acquired by the investors without a view towards distribution, and all purchasers represented to the Company that they were sophisticated and experienced in such transactions and investments and able to bear the economic risk of their investment. A legend was placed on the certificates or instruments, as the case may be, they have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting forth the restrictions on their transfer and sale. Each investor also signed a written agreement that the securities would not be sold without registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from such registration.


ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA                    
                     
                 Year Ended December 31,  
            2004   2003   2002
2006 2005 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated)
      (in thousands, expect per share data)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                    
Revenues:                    
     Pain management   $46,093   $ 43,269   $ 22,317   $ 6,117   $2,614
Surgeries   5,348   6,165   5,203   3,431   3,409
   Ancillary services   12,288   14,114   10,398   5,433   1,475
Total revenues   63,729   63,548   37,918   14,981   7,498
Cost of revenues   20,270   11,550   6,664   4,587   2,698
   Gross profit   43,459   51,998   31,254   10,394   4,800
General and administrative   39,829   38,511   20,409   21,315   4,324
Amortization expense   2,263   1,529   549   114   42
Impairment of goodwill 22,099 - - - -
Impairment of intangible assets 11,896 - - - -
Depreciation expense   2,361   1,425   837   463   207
   Operating income (loss)   (34,989)   10,533   9,459   (11,498)   227
Interest expense   (3,610)   (4,308)   (3,464)   (531)   (359)
Derivative benefit (expense)   9,997   (7,055)   (3,256)   (3,174)   ----
Other income   204   457   170   46   174
 Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   (28,398)   (373)   2,909   (15,157)   42
Benefit (provision) for income taxes   2,931   (5,111)   (4,410)   3,674   (234)
Loss from continuing operations   (25,467)   (5,484)   (1,501)   (11,483)   (192)
 Income (loss) from discontinued operations (less applicable income tax benefit of $91,130 and (184,972))   (336)   145   -   -   -
 Loss on disposal of discontinued operations (plus applicable income tax benefit of $1,112,918)   (1,671)   -   -   -   -
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax   (2,007)   145            
Loss before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   (27,474)     (5,339    (1,501)    (11,483)    (192)
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   992                
   Net loss   $(26,482)   $(5,339)   $(1,501)   $(11,483)   $(192)
Basic earnings per common share:                    
   Loss from continuing operations   $(0.39)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)   $(0.55)   $(0.02)
   Loss from discontinued operations   $(0.03)     -   -   -
   Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.01 - - - -
Net loss $(0.41) $(0.10) $(0.05) $(0.55) $(0.02)
Diluted earnings per common share:                    
   Loss from continuing operations   $(0.39)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)   $(0.55)   $(0.02)
   Loss from discontinued operations   $(0.03)     -   -   -
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.01 - - - -
Net loss $(0.41) $(0.10) $(0.05) $(0.55) $(0.02)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding   64,600   51,317   32,923   20,773   10,591
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding   64,600   51,317   32,923   20,773   12,548
Operating and Other Financial Data:                    
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities   (814)   9,173   4,119   15   (1,170)
Cash flows used in investing activities   (18,512)   (36,474)   (18,408)   (7,683)   (510)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities   600    30,913   25,466   13,513   3,413

38


          2004    2003   2002
2006 2005 (Restated) (Restated) (Restated)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data for Continuing Operations:                    
Cash   $3,598   $22,508   $19,101   $7,924   $2,709
Working capital (deficiency)   (36,410)   (21,585)   (20,923)   (14,938)   2,301
Total assets   163,378   183,311   112,929   53,087   13,625
Total long-term debt and obligations under capital leases, including                    
current portion   49,646   34,367   20,280   11,968   5,584
Total stockholders’ equity   97,351   87,323   41,932   12,010   6,657

For a more in-depth analysis of financial results for current and prior years refer to Item 7 Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles affect our consolidated financial statements. The discussion also provides information about the financial results of the various segments of our business to provide a better understanding of how those segments and their results affect the financial condition and results of operations of PainCare as a whole.

Forward Looking Information

     This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes, and future filings by the Company on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K and future oral and written statements by PainCare and its management may include, certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties that could cause actual future events and results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future events and results. Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, and “should”, and variations of these words and similar expressions, are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. PainCare disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement based on the occurrence of future events, the receipt of new information, or otherwise.

     Actual future events and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of important factors. Representative examples of these factors include (without limitation) adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets served by PainCare; the extent, timing, and overall effects of competition in the health care business; material changes in the health care industry generally that could adversely affect physician relationships and customer relationships; changes in health care technology; the risks associated with the integration of acquired businesses; the effects of litigation; and the effects of federal and state legislation, rules, and regulations governing the health care industry.

     In addition to these factors, actual future performance, outcomes and results may differ materially because of other, more general factors including (without limitation) general industry and market conditions and growth rates, economic

39


conditions, and governmental and public policy changes.

     This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page ii of this report for a description of important factors that could cause actual results to differ from expected results. See also Item 1A, Risk Factors.

Executive Overview

     The year 2006 has been marked by profound turmoil. During this period, a significant portion of our time and attention has been devoted to matters primarily outside the ordinary course of business such as responding to SEC comment letters regarding our prior year accounting for certain derivative instruments, restating our prior six years of accounting records and responding to various class action suits against our company for the accounting of certain derivative instruments. We have also devoted significant resources to improving fundamental business systems including our corporate governance functions, financial controls, and operational infrastructure.

     Despite these difficulties, our board of directors, senior management team, and employees worked diligently throughout 2006 and made significant progress in addressing many of the significant obstacles created during 2006:

·    We responded to all comment letters received from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and subsequently received formal notification from the SEC indicating that it had completed its review and has no further comment at this time.
 
·    We completed the restatement of our accounting records and filed amended annual reports on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
 
·    The Company has been faced with derivative and class action lawsuits related to financial restatements. The derivative lawsuit is set for final approval on April 28, 2007. The Company believes resolution of all remaining litigation is imminent.
 
·    We have begun initiatives to centralize certain accounting functions in an effort to reduce costs and mitigate material weakness.
 
·    We have implemented an aggressive marketing program to help establish a PainCare brand name.
 
·    We recruited seven physicians and nine physician assistants over the past year to increase facility productivity and efficiency.

     While we have been primarily focused on responding to the pressing challenges, our business, and the health care market in general, have continued to evolve. On the positive side, health care sector growth continues to outpace the economy in response to an aging U.S. population. In addition, the delivery of health care services is migrating to outpatient environments, which suits our core business model. On the other hand, health care providers are beginning to see price cut pressures brought on by Medicare reform initiatives leading to reduced payments to various health care providers, such as our company.

     As a whole, our core business remains sound. We continue to face operational challenges, but we believe our accomplishments in 2006 have positioned us to capitalize on our competencies and move forward with implementing our strategic growth plan.

Our Business

     Our business is currently divided into four primary operating segments: pain management, surgery centers, ancillary services, and a fourth segment that manages corporate functions. These four segments correspond to our four reporting segments discussed later in this Item and throughout this annual report.

40


     Pain Management. As of December 31, 2006 our pain management segment operates through 16 subsidiaries and comprises the majority of our net operating revenues. Our pain management segment provides such services as interventional and non-interventional therapies that treat both the chronic and acute pain patient. Treatments include: therapeutic injections, radiofrequency treatments, and physical and behavioral therapy. From 2004 to 2006, our pain management segment’s revenues more than doubled, dominating our portfolio and remaining the very center of our company’s core business model. We have begun to orchestrate various cost cutting initiatives within this segment to further increase the operational performance of these practices.

     Surgeries. As of December 31, 2006 our surgeries segment operates through three subsidiaries providing minimally invasive surgical procedures. Our surgical services include full spectrum orthopedic surgery, minimally invasive spine surgery and foot and ankle surgery. From 2004 through 2006 net operating revenues and operating income remain relatively flat due in large part to only completing one surgical center acquisition and minimal same practice organic growth within this segment over the last two years. We have begun to orchestrate various cost cutting initiatives within this segment to further increase the operational performance of these practices.

     Ancillary Services. As of December 31, 2006 our ancillary services segment operates through five subsidiaries and is our second largest revenue generating segment. This segment offers such services as an intra-articular joint program, physical therapy, nerve conduction testing and pharmacy dispensing. From 2004 to 2006 ancillary services saw a stable growth rate due in large part to highly profitable acquisitions added during these two years. However, our three ambulatory surgical centers (ASC’s) within this segment are currently listed as held for sale. Upon the sale of the ASC locations, our ancillary services segment performance could be materially affected. We have begun to orchestrate various cost cutting initiatives within this segment to further increase the operational performance of these practices.

     The following tables illustrate the Net Operating Revenues and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in this Item, “Consolidated Results of Operations,”) from our three primary operating segments and our corporate segment:

                     

                                                

Revenues by Segment               Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by Segment    
 
    2006 vs 2005   2006 vs 2004   2005 vs 2004       2006 vs 2005   2006 vs 2004   2005 vs 2004
Pain Management   6.5%   106.5%   93.9%   Pain Management   -52.1%   -8.1%   91.8%
Ancillary Services   -12.9%   18.2%   35.7%   Ancillary Services   -42.9%   -68.4%   -44.7%
Surgeries   -13.3%   2.8%   18.5%   Surgeries   -129.0%   -126.0%   -10.6%
Other   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   Other   -117.6%   -152.4%   196.9%

41


     We believe that the aging of the U.S. population, changes in technology, and the continuing growth in health care spending will increase demand for the types of services we provide. We plan to prioritize investment of time and capital based on where realistic growth prospects are strongest, which we currently believe are our pain management and ancillary service segments.

Key Challenges

     Although our business is continuing to generate revenues, and market factors appear to favor our pain management and ancillary service business models, we still have several immediate internal and external challenges to overcome before we can realize significant improvements in our business, including:

·    Operational Improvements. We are in the process of improving our operational efficiency within all segments. This includes streamlining our operational structure, implementing standardized accounting procedures, and ensuring high quality patient care. We also strive to reduce operational variation across all segments.
 
·    Continuing Litigation. We are party to class action lawsuits which will require considerable management attention and company resources until settlements are reached.
 
·    Price Pressure. We are seeing downward pressure on prices in our markets, from both commercial and government payors. We anticipate continuing price pressure in all our segments. For example, Medicare has frozen ASC pricing through 2009, and beginning in 2007, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 will cap ASC and imaging service payments at hospital outpatient department reimbursement levels. Other pricing changes may have a negative impact on our operating results.
 
·    Divesture of Assets. We are in the process of locating willing and able buyers for our three ambulatory surgical centers currently listed as held for sale.
 
·    Medical Reimbursement Rates. Congress and some state legislatures have proposed significant changes in the health care system. Many of these changes have the potential to result in limitations on and, in some cases, significant reductions in the levels of, reimbursement rates to health care providers for services under many government reimbursement programs.
 
·    Restatement and Sarbanes-Oxley Related Costs. We paid approximately $2.4 million in 2006 in connection with the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and internal controls over financial reporting. We anticipate incurring additional related costs in the future, although we expect these costs to decline over time.

Strategic Plan

     Although management’s attention recently has been focused on a range of tactical issues relating to PainCare’s success, our senior management team has spent time developing a comprehensive strategic plan that is focused on PainCare’s future, not its past. The plan, which has been approved by our board of directors, is divided into the following three phases:

·    Operations Management. In an effort to enhance our operational structure and strengthen our core business strategy, the Company has set forth several initiatives to solidify our financial foundation. Such initiatives involve centralizing certain accounting functions in order to reduce overhead, re-syndicate the proposed sale of our ambulatory surgical centers (ASC’s) in an effort to attract potential buyers, and pay- down existing debt facilities upon the sales of the ASC’s.
 
·    Organic Growth. In order to grow currently owned physician practices, the Company intends to enhance the capacity of the practices for organic growth by increasing the range of services offered. By deploying
 

42


additional physicians and equipment, practices can perform necessary procedures and services in-house that would ordinarily be referred to other providers, resulting in higher quality care and increased revenues.

An example of organic growth would be to deploy imaging modalities such as mobile MRI equipment, or additional services such as in-office pharmaceutical dispensing.

·    Acquisition Strategy. PainCare has grown its business through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions of complimentary physician practices. Through an extensive, multi-point due diligence evaluation process that the Company performs prior to acquisition, including such criteria as clinical quality, physician reputation, profitability and procedure and revenue growth rates, PainCare intends to acquire practices that the Company believes to be well-established with the capacity for future profitability and organic growth.

     We are in the first phase of our strategic plan and we are already making significant strides. We have turned certain accounting functions into a centralized procedure, thus reducing the reliance on the assistance of outside accounting firms in construction of certain subsidiary financial statements. We have also retained the Bloom Organization, LLC (“Bloom”) to sell our interests in three of our ambulatory surgical centers. Each ambulatory surgical center is marketed separately and Bloom believes that these transactions can be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2007.

     We believe our strategic plan capitalizes on our strengths, market direction, and legitimate growth opportunities. We are implementing a realistic operations plan and creating the appropriate infrastructure, organization policies, protocols, systems, and reports to support it. Finally, we are setting priorities based on resources and with our long-range goals of quality, profitability, and stockholder value.

Consolidated Results of Operations

     We are a health care services company focused on the treatment of pain. We provide services through a national network of pain management, surgery centers, ancillary service, and other health care providing facilities. During 2006, 2005 and 2004, we derived consolidated revenues from the following payor sources:

    For the year ended December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
Government   23.6%   21.4%   20.2%
Private Insurance   48.8%   47.6%   51.9%
Workers Compensation   14.6%   10.5%   8.6%
Self Pay   2.3%   3.0%   3.0%
Other   10.7%   17.5%   16.3%
Total   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

     We provide our patient services through three primary operating segments and certain other services through a fourth operating segment. These four segments correspond to our four reporting segments discussed in this Item, “Segment Results of Operations” and throughout this annual report.

     When reading our consolidated statement of operations, it is important to recognize the following items are included within our results of operations:

43


·    Impairments. During 2006 we recorded an impairment charge of $34.0 million to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles or certain operating facilities to their estimated fair market value. These charges are discussed in more detail in this Item,“Segment Results of Operations,” Note 1, "Goodwill" and Note 8, "Other Intangible Assets," to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
·    Professional restatement fees. During 2006 professional fees associated with the restatement of our previously issued 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 consolidated financial statements approximated $2.4 million.
 
·    Disposal of a business unit. The Company entered into and signed a rescission agreement with Amphora, LLC on December 11, 2006. At December 31, 2006, all consolidated transactional information pertaining to Amphora has been classified as loss on disposal.
 
·    Assets held for sale. The Company determined during the fourth quarter of 2006 that it would sell three ambulatory surgical centers, ("ASC's"), reported within the Ancillary Services segment, to restructure the Company’s balance sheet. Originally the Company planned to sell the ASC's as a single package deal, but on January 2, 2007, the Company was advised to syndicate these ASC’s in an effort to make them more attractive to a larger spectrum of potential suitors. These subsidiaries are now listed as assets held for sale on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additional details regarding assets held for sale can be found in this Item, “Results of Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale,” and within this annual report.

From 2004 through 2006, our consolidated results of operations were as follows:

    For the years ended December 31,   Percentage change
     2006   2005   2004   2006 vs. 2005   2005 vs. 2004
Net operating revenues from continuing operations   $ 63,728,882   $ 63,548,313   $ 37,917,900   0.3%   67.6%
Operating expenses from continuing operations:                    
     Salaries/benefits/bonus   31,052,760   22,162,326   12,765,955   40.1%   73.6%
     Payroll tax expense   3,571,094   2,000,477   1,504,020   78.5%   33.0%
     Professional fees   7,889,457   4,814,176   2,135,045   63.9%   125.5%
     Supplies   5,059,221   2,818,810   1,479,022   79.5%   90.6%
     Interest expense   3,609,655   4,308,502   3,463,677   -16.2%   24.4%
     Other operating expenses   12,323,169   17,807,642   9,017,991   -30.8%   97.5%
     Depreciation and amortization   4,624,388   2,954,231   1,386,713   56.5%   113.0%
     Derivative( benefit) expense   ( 9,997,201)   7,055,502   3,256,372   -241.7%   -116.7%
     Impairment of goodwill   22,098,675   -   -   100%   N/A
      Impairment of intangible assets 11,895,837 - - 100% N/A
     Total operating expenses   92,127,055   63,921,666   35,008,795   44.1%   82.6%
     Gain (loss) from continuing operations                    
           before income tax benefit (expense)   (28,398,173)   (373,353)   2,909,105   -7,506.3%   -112.8%
     Income tax benefit (expense)   2,930,928   (5,110,651)   ( 4,410,587)   157.3%   15.9%
     Gain (loss) from discontinued operations,                    
            net of tax   ( 2,007,186)   144,626   -   -1,487.8%   100%
     Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle                    
           net of tax    991,925     -     -   100%   N/A
     Net loss   $(26,482,506)   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)   -396.0%   -255.6%
 
 

44


Operating Expenses as a Percent of Net Operating Revenues

    For the years ended December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
Salaries/benefits/bonus   48.7%   34.9%   33.7%
Payroll tax expense   5.6%   3.1%   4.0%
Professional fees   12.4%   7.6%   5.6%
Supplies   7.9%   4.4%   3.9%
Interest Expense   5.7%   6.8%   9.1%
Other operating expenses   19.3%   28.0%   23.8%
Depreciation and Amortization   7.3%   4.6%   3.7%
Derivative expense/(income)   -15.7%   11.1%   8.6%
Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets   53.3%   0.0%   0.0%
 
Total operating expenses as a % of net operating revenues   144.6%   100.6%   92.3%

*All numbers presented within the tables above are exclusive of all practices listed as discontinued operations and assets held for sale.

Net Operating Revenues

     Our consolidated net operating revenues primarily include revenues derived from patient care services provided by one of our three primary consolidated operating segments.

Net operating revenues from continuing operations remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

     Net operating revenues from continuing operations increased $25.6 million, or 67.6%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net operating revenues was primarily due to acquisitions recorded in the latter half of 2004 representing same practice growth of approximately $17.1 million in net operating revenues in 2005 compared to their contributions in 2004.

Salaries, Benefits and Bonus

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses represent the most significant expense and include all amounts paid to full and part-time employees, including all related costs of benefits and bonuses provided to employees. It also includes amounts paid for contract labor.

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $8.9 million, or 40.1%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase was primarily due to the additional employees associated with our two acquisitions during 2006 which remain as continuing operations at year end. In addition, we have recruited several physicians at various locations as well as added support staff across all segments of our operations.

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $9.4 million, or 73.6%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase was primarily due to the additional employees associated with the additional four acquisitions during 2005 which remain as continuing operations at year end.

Payroll Tax and Expense

     Payroll tax and expense includes the employer portion of payroll tax charged to all employers as well as all associated expenses incurred with the payroll process.

45


     Payroll tax and expense increased $1.6 million, or 78.5%, from 2005 to 2006. This was primarily due to the additional employees recruited on all operational levels of the Company.

     Payroll tax and expense increased $496,457, or 33.0%, from 2004 to 2005. Again, this increase was primarily due to the additional employees recruited on all operational levels of the Company.

Professional Fees

     Professional fees include those fees associated with outside contractors performing professional development services. Professional fees also include professional consulting fees associated with operational initiatives, such as strategic planning.

     From 2005 to 2006, professional fees increased $3.1 million, or 63.9% . This increase in professional fees is primarily due to an increased reliance on outside consulting firms to assist with operational functions such as Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and certain legal and accounting fees.

     From 2004 to 2005, professional fees increased $2.7 million, or 125.5% . This increase in professional fees is primarily due to legal, accounting and various other professional fees incurred at the subsidiary level.

Supplies

     Supplies include costs associated with supplies used while providing patient care at our facilities. Examples include bandages, syringes, linens, injectable pharmaceuticals, and numerous other items. In each year, our pain management and ancillary service segments comprised the majority of our supply expense.

     From 2005 to 2006, supplies increased $2.2 million, or 79.5% . This increase is primarily due to an increase in supplies expense in our pain management and ancillary services segments due to increased costs associated with supplies as well as increased service offering and current year acquisitions leading to an increase in supplies expense.

     From 2004 to 2005, supplies increased $1.3 million, or 90.6% . This increase is primarily due to additional supplies expense associated with the increasing costs of such supplies, current year acquisitions, and increased supplies associated with a broader range of patient services.

Interest Expense

     Interest expense related to expenses associated with debt obligations, waiver fees associated with a breach of debt covenants and amounts paid in regard to various other debt instruments.

Interest expense remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

Interest expense remained relatively flat from 2004 to 2005.

Other Operating Expenses

     Other operating expenses include costs associated with managing and maintaining our operating facilities as well as the general and administrative costs related to the operations of our corporate office. These expenses include such items as repairs and maintenance, utilities, contract services, rent, and insurance.

     Other operating expenses decreased $5.5 million, or 30.8%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease primarily relates to a reduction in expenses classified as other operating expenses in 2006 versus 2005.

46


Other operating expenses increased $8.8 million, or 97.5% from 2004 to 2005. This increase primarily relates to a $1.5 million increase in rent and a $2.4 million increase in compensation expense relating to variable options from 2004 to 2005.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Depreciation and amortization relate to the monthly and quarterly charge of our fixed and intangible assets. Such assets include property, plant and equipment, medical equipment and office equipment. Our intangible assets primarily relate to the physician referral network.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.7 million, or 56.5%, from 2005 to 2006. This is primarily due to fixed assets additions during 2006 leading to higher depreciation expense.

     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.6 million, or 113.0%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to additional fixed assets associated with current year acquisitions as well as the amortization charge of intangible assets.

Derivative Expense/(Income)

     Derivative expense/income is directly related to our current stock price. As our stock price increases, our derivative expense increases and as our stock price decreases, our derivative expense then becomes derivative income. During 2006 we recorded derivative income of $10.0 million versus derivative expense of $7.1 million in 2005.

Impairment of Goodwill, Intangible Assets

     The expenses associated with impairment of goodwill and intangible assets relates to impairment charges taken against; subsidiary goodwill, our MedX contract right, our three owned EDX contract rights, two of our subsidiaries, and an impairment charge against our contract with Denver Pain Management.

     Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets increased $34.0 million from 2005 to 2006. The increase in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is due to charges relating to the write-down of goodwill to the subsidiaries respective fair market value of such goodwill and intangible assets.

Minority Interest in Earnings of Consolidated Affiliates

     Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates represent the share of net income or loss allocated to members or partners in our consolidated entities. For 2004 through 2006, the number and average of external ownership interest in these consolidated entities were as follows:

       As of and for the years ended December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
Active consolidated affiliates   2   2   -
Average external ownership interest   70.3%   70.3%   -

Of our active consolidated affiliates at December 31, 2006, approximately 100% are in our ancillary services segment. As of October 19, 2006 we listed all assets and liabilities associated with our ambulatory surgical centers as available for sale. Also, on December 11, 2006 we rescinded the acquisition of Amphora, LLC, in which we had 60% ownership interest.

Provision for Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

     We realized a $2.9 million income tax benefit from continuing operations in 2006 as compared to an $5.1 million income tax expense from continuing operations in 2005. Deferred tax expense increased by approximately $1.5 million to reflect the change in the noncurrent deferred taxes associated with amortization of goodwill and other assets and allowance for doubtful accounts.

47


      We realized a $5.1 million income tax expense from continuing operations in 2005 as compared to a $4.4 million income tax expense from continuing operations in 2004. Additionally, Paincare and its subsidiaries file seperate income tax returns in a number of states, some of which result in current state income tax liabilities.

     Net loss from continuing operations increased $4.0 million, or 265.2%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net loss from continuing operations resulted in additional income tax expense of approximately $700,000 from 2004 to 2005.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

     Management continues to believe that an understanding of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of operating performance, leverage capacity, our ability to service our debt, and our ability to make capital expenditures for our stockholders.

     In general terms, the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, per our credit agreement, is defined as consolidated net earnings (or loss), minus extraordinary gains and interest income, plus interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization for such period, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 

     We use Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis to assess our operating performance. We believe it is meaningful because it provides investors a basis using criteria that are used by our internal decision makers. Our internal decision makers believe Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure, because it represents a transparent view of our recurring operating performance and allows management to readily view operating trends, perform analytical comparisons and benchmarking between segments. Additionally, our management believes the inclusion of professional fees associated with litigation, accounting restatement, audit and tax work associated with the restatement process, and the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 and other non-ordinary course charges distort within EBITDA their ability to efficiently assess and view the core operating trends on a consolidated basis and within segments. We reconcile consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to gain/(loss) from continuing operations.

     We also use Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis as a liquidity measure. We believe this financial measure on a consolidated basis is important in analyzing our liquidity because it is also a component of certain material covenants contained within and defined by our credit agreement. These covenants are material terms of these agreements because they govern our credit agreement, which in turn represent a substantial portion of our capitalization. Non-compliance with these financial covenants under our credit facilities—our interest coverage ratio and our leverage ratio—could result in the lenders requiring us to immediately repay all amounts borrowed. Any such acceleration could also lead the investors in our public debt to accelerate their maturity. In addition, if we cannot satisfy these financial covenants in the indenture governing the credit agreements, we cannot engage in certain activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness, making certain payments, acquiring and disposing of assets. Consequently, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is critical to our assessment of our liquidity.

         However, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and the items excluded from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Therefore, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for net gain/(loss) from continuing operations or cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities. Because Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and is thus susceptible to varying calculations, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Revenue and expenses are measured in accordance with the policies and procedures described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

48


Reconciliation of Loss from Continuing Operations to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2006   2005   2004
Loss from continuing operations   $ (25,467,245)   $ (5,484,004)   $ (1,501,482)
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)   (2,930,928)   5,110,651   4,410,587
Depreciation and amortization   4,624,388   2,954,231   1,386,713
Impairment of goodwill   22,098,675   -   -
Impairment of other assets 11,895,837 - -
Interest expense 3,609,655 4,308,502 3,463,677
Other income   (203,229)   (457,250)   (170,568)
                                       Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA before class action            
                                      settlement expense and professional fees - restatement    13,627,153    6,432,130    6,432,130
Medical malpractice legal settlement   550,000   -   -
Professional fees - restatement   2,400,000   -   -
Non-cash consideration (7,975,675) 2,382,259 356,590
                                           Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA   $ 8,601,478   $ 8,814,389   $ 7,945,517

 Reconciliation of Consolidated Adjustment EBITDA to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2006   2005   2004
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA   $ 8,601,478   $ 8,814,389   $ 7,945,517
Professional fees - restatement   (2,400,000)   -   -
Medical malpractice legal settlement   (550,000)   -   -
Interest expense and amortization of debt and discount and fees   (3,609,655)   (4,308,502)   (3,463,677)
Other income   203,229   457,250   170,568
Amortization of debt issue costs, debt discounts, and fees   2,176,744   1,383,324   1,805,846
Amortization of deferred financing costs   -   (475,717)   -
Stock issued for interest payments   325,407   991,146   383,053
Current portion of income tax provision   5,729,369   (3,997,085)   (3,661,964)
Mark to market derivative   (9,997,201)   7,055,502   3,256,372
Loss on disposal of property and equipment   -   88,651   -
Non-cash transactions   (835)   28,143   30,415
Net cash provided by operating activities attributed to discontinued operations     (292,529)   562,354    -
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired   (999,870)   (1,426,358)   (2,347,104)
                                           Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities   $ (813,863)   $ 9,173,097   $ 4,119,026

     Our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA approximated 13.5%, 13.9%, and 21.0% of net operating revenues in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA decreased $212,911, or 2.4%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the impairment of intangible assets leading to a reduction in operating earnings and subsequent tax benefit for 2006 versus tax expense in 2005.

49


     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased $868,872, or 10.9%, from 2004 to 2005. The decrease in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to a reduction in income from continuing operations from 2004 to 2005.

Segment Results of Operations

     Our internal financial reporting and management structure is focused on the major types of services provided by PainCare. We currently provide various patient care services through three operating segments and certain other services through a fourth segment, which correspond to our four reporting business segments: (1) pain management, (2) surgery, (3) ancillary services, and (4) corporate and other. For additional information regarding our business segments, including a detailed description of the services we provide and financial data for each segment, please see Item 1, Business , and Note 23, Segment Reporting, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the reportable segments disclosed.

Pain Management

     Our pain management segment provides treatment through interventional and non-interventional therapies treating both the chronic and acute pain patient. Our pain management facilities are located in eight states in the United States and one province in Canada.

     As of December 31, 2006 our pain management segment operated 16 facilities (three of which are wholly owned and 13 of which are managed contracts). Our pain management segment provides services to patients such as therapeutic injections, radiofrequency treatments and both physical and behavioral therapy.

     For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, our pain management segment comprised approximately 72.3%, 68.1% and 58.9%, respectively, of consolidated net operating revenues. Operating results for 2004 through 2006 were as follows:

  For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)
   2006 2005 2004
Net operating revenues $46,093 $43,269 $22,317
Operating expenses 68,275 24,751 12,202
Operating income (loss) $(22,182) $18,518 $10,115

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, pain management’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

    For the years ended December 31,    
    2006   2005     2004
Government   29.6%   25.2%   26.2%
Private Insurance   48.2%   48.3%   58.8%
Workers Compensation   15.8%   14.8%   11.9%
Personal Injury   -   5.9%   -
Self Pay   3.4%   3.5%   3.1%
Other   3.0%   2.3%   -
Total   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

Net Operating Revenues

     Our pain management segment’s net operating revenues increased $2.8 million, or 6.5%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase was primarily due to two pain management acquisitions during 2006. Total net operating revenues for the two

50


additional pain management facilities added $4.8 million to the pain management segment.

     Net operating revenues of our pain management segment increased $21.0 million, or 93.9%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to the realization, in 2005, of a full years net operating revenues regarding four facilities that were added in the latter half of 2004 verse a partial year realization of net operating revenues in 2004. These same four facilities accounted for $3.9 million, or 17.4%, of net operating revenues in 2004 verse $17.4 million, or 40.2% of net operating revenues in 2005.

Operating Expenses

Pain Management
Operating Expenses
(% of Total Pain Management Operating
Expenses)

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses consist of salaries paid to physicians, non-physician providers, general support staff, employee bonuses and any related employee benefits. Salaries, benefits and bonuses equated to 37.5%, 45.0%, and 31.2% of pain management’s total operating expenses from 2004 through 2006, respectively, making it critical to monitor and manage these expenses.

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $6.7 million, or 60.7%, from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to an increase in both physician salaries of approximately $3.1 million and non-physician provider salaries of approximately $1.4 million.

     From 2004 to 2005 salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $5.7 million, or 103.7% . The increase in salaries, benefits and bonuses was due to an increase of approximately $1.5 million in non-physician provider salaries and $2.6 million in salaries of general employee staff.

Supplies

Supplies expense relates to the necessary supplies needed to provide patient care. These supplies include all forms

51


of medical supplies such as syringes, linens, injectable pharmaceuticals and bandages as well as general office supplies.

     From 2005 to 2006, supply expense increased $2.2 million, or 103.7% . The increase in supplies expense was primarily due to expanded service lines requiring a greater volume of supplies.

      From 2004 to 2005, supply expense increased $1.2 million, or 126.5% . The increase in supplies expense was primarily due to expanded service lines and increased costs of supplies.

All Other Operating Expenses

     All other operating expenses increased $24.2 million, or 210.6%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to the addition of two pain management facilities in October 2005 as well as two pain management facilities at the beginning of 2006.

     All other operating expenses increased $3.3 million, or 40.2%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to the addition of one pain management facility in December 2004, and three pain management facilities in 2005.

Operating Earnings

     Net operating earnings for our pain management segment decreased $30.3 million, or 162.7%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease is attributed to a disproportionate increase in our total operating expenses of 134.0% versus an increase in net operating revenues of only 6.5% . A portion of these increased expenses relates to the recruiting, training and maintaining of key employees as well as the additional expenses incurred with four pain management acquisitions since October of 2005.

     Net operating earnings for our pain management segment increased $10.8 million, or 139.8%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is attributed to an increase in net operating revenues of 93.9% versus an increase in total operating expenses of 69.4% . In addition, we recorded three pain management acquisitions during 2005 and four acquisitions in the latter half of 2004.

Surgery

     Our surgeries segment provides patient services such as full spectrum orthopedic surgery, minimally invasive spine surgery and foot and ankle surgery. Our surgical facilities are located in three states in the United States. It should be noted that our surgery segment is exclusive of our three ambulatory surgical centers listed as held for sale. Information pertaining to the financial reporting of the ambulatory surgical centers can be found within the ancillary service segment as outlined later in this Item.

     As of December 31, 2006 our surgery segment operated three facilities (one of which is wholly owned and two of which are managed contracts). For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, our surgeries segment comprised approximately 8.4%, 9.7% and 13.7%, respectively, of consolidated net operating revenues. For 2004 through 2006, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

    For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2006   2005   2004
Net operating revenues   $5,348   $6,165   $5,203
Operating expenses   5,942   4,273   3,281 
Operating income (loss)    $(594)   $1,892   $1,922


During 2006, 2005 and 2004, surgery’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2006   2005     2004
Government   10.1%   12.7%   11.0%
Private Insurance   34.9%   70.1%   82.0%
Workers Compensation   34.6%   8.3%   4.3%
Personal Injury   19.0%   0.5%   -
Self Pay   1.4%   8.4%   2.7%
Total   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

Net Operating Revenues

     Our surgery segment’s net operating revenues decreased $817,499, or 13.3%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease is primarily due to a change in accounts receivable net realizable value of $1.3 million, or 196.7% from 2005 to 2006.

     Our surgery segment’s net operating revenues increased $962,409, or 18.5%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to the increase in patient volume from 2004 to 2005.

Operating Expenses

Surgery
Operating Expenses
(% of Total Surgery Operating Expenses)

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses consist of salaries paid to physicians, physician assistants (non-physician providers), general support staff, employee bonuses and any related employee benefits.

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $934,715, or 37.4%, from 2005 to 2006. This increase is primarily due to an increase in physician based salaries of approximately $800,000.

53


     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $550,909, or 28.3%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to an increase in personnel as well as an increase in existing staff pay.

Supplies

     Supplies expense relates to the necessary supplies needed to provide patient care. These supplies include all forms of medical supplies such as syringes, linens, injectable pharmaceuticals and bandages, as well as general office supplies. Our surgery segment did not experience any notable increases in supplies expense on a year-over-year basis.

All Other Operating Expenses

     All other operating expenses increased $597,929, or 39.2%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase in all other operating expenses relates to an overall increase in all expense accounts from 2005 to 2006.

     All other operating expenses decreased $303,371, or 16.6%, from 2004 to 2005. The decrease in all other operating expenses is primarily related to decreases in all expense accounts from 2004 to 2005.

Operating Earnings

     Net operating earnings for our surgery segment decreased $2.4 million, or 125.1%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in net operating earnings is primarily due to an approximate $2.2 million decrease in same practice earnings from 2005 to 2006.

     Net operating earnings for our surgery segment increased $691,277, or 57.0%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net operating earnings was due to an increase in net operating revenues of 18.5% while expenses remained relatively flat from 2004 to 2005.

Ancillary Services

     Our ancillary services segment provides patient services such as orthopedic rehabilitation, diagnostic imagery, electrodiagnostic imaging and intra-articular joint rehabilitation program. Our ancillary services segment facilities are located in four states in the United States. It should be noted that our ambulatory surgery centers currently listed as held for sale are reported under ancillary services segment.

     As of December 31, 2006 our ancillary services segment operated five facilities (two of which are wholly owned and three of which are managed contracts). For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, our ancillary services segment comprised approximately 19.3%, 22.2% and 27.4%, respectively, of consolidated net operating revenues. Operating results from 2004 through 2006 were as follows:

    For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2006   2005   2004
Net operating revenues from continuing operations   $12,288   $14,114   $10,398
Operating expenses from continuing operations   8,258   10,321   5,699
Operating earnings from continuing operations   $4,030   $3,793   $4,699

    For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2006   2005   2004
Net operating revenues from discontinued operations   $20,411   $5,115   -
Operating expenses from discontinued operations   22,418   4,971   -
Operating earnings from discontinued operations   $(2,007)   $144   -


*This chart is intended to give reference to all facilities listed as either discontinued or held for sale

During 2006, 2005 and 2004, ancillary service’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

    For the years ended December 31,    
    2006   2005     2004
Government   19.2%   24.9%   22.4%
Private Insurance   55.9%   63.9%   64.2%
Workers Compensation   3.8%   4.6%   5.0%
Personal Injury   2.8%   5.6%   -
Self Pay   1.3%   1.0%   8.4%
Other   17.0%   -   -
Total   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%

Net Operating Revenues

     From 2005 to 2006, net operating revenues decreased $1.8 million, or 12.9% . This decrease is attributed to a reduction in net operating revenues generated from our same practice operations.

     From 2004 to 2005, net operating revenues increased $3.7 million, or 35.7% . This increase relates to $3.8 million in additional revenues associated with same practice operations.

Operating Expenses

Ancillary Service
Operating Expenses
(% of Total Operating Expenses)

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses consist of salaries paid to physicians, non-physician providers, general support staff, employee bonuses and any related employee benefits.

55


Salaries, benefits and bonuses remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $2.5 million, or 76.2% from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to an increase of approximately $1.2 million in physician assistant salaries and $1.2 million in salaries of general staff.

Supplies

     Supplies expense did not experience any notable increase on a year-over-year basis for our ancillary services segment.

All Other Operating Expenses

     All other operating expenses remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

     All other operating expenses increased $1.8 million, or 26.8% from 2004 to 2005. The increase in all other operating expenses relates to an increase in general business expenditures.

Operating Earnings

     Net operating earnings decreased $3.6 million, or 66.9%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in operating earnings is primarily due to $1.9 million reduction in net operating revenues from 2005 to 2006.

     Net operating earnings increased $1.8 million, or 51.8%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in operating earnings is primarily due to an increase in net operating revenues of $3.7 million from 2004 to 2005.

Corporate and Other

     Corporate and other only includes cost functions that are managed directly by our corporate office and that do not fall within one of our three operating segments discussed above.

     All of our corporate costs that relate to overhead are contained within this segment. These costs include among others: accounting, communications, compliance, human resources, information technology, internal audit, and legal which provide support functions to our three other operating segments.

From 2004 through 2006, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

    For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2006   2005   2004
Net operating revenues   $-   $-   $-
Operating expenses   16,242   13,670   7,277
Operating income (loss)   $(16,242)   $(13,670)   $(7,277)

     Corporate and other’s primary operating expense is salaries, benefits and bonuses. Salaries, benefits and bonuses represents the most significant cost to the segment and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees at our corporate headquarters, as well as the related costs and benefits provided to these employees. All general and administrative costs related to the operation of our corporate office are included in operating expenses. The most significant general and administrative expenses relate to salaries, interest, and amortization expense.

56


Operating Expenses

Corporate and Other
Operating Expenses
(% of Total Corporate and Other Operating
Expenses)

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

     Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $1.0 million, or 35.5% from 2005 to 2006. The following key positions were added at our corporate headquarters during 2006: vice president of finance, general counsel, assistant controller and an internal auditor. Several other employees holding non-key positions were added during 2006 as well.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses did not materially change from 2004 to 2005.

All Other Operating Expenses

     All other operating expenses decreased $6.3 million, or 24.1%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease primarily relates to a change in derivative expense of $7.1 million in 2005 to a derivative benefit of $10.0 million in 2006 creating a decrease in all other operating expenses of $17.1 million. This decrease of $17.1 million is off-set by increases in professional fees, legal fees and amortization expense recorded during 2006.

     All other operating expenses increased $16.7 million, or 174.0%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase primarily relates to an increase in derivative expense of $7.1 million and an increase in compensation expense of variable options amounting to $2.4 million.

Operating Earnings

     From 2005 to 2006, operating earnings increased $15.1 million, or 48.3% . This increase in operating earnings is primarily due to a derivative benefit of $10.0 million in 2006 verse a derivative expense of approximately $7.1 million in 2005. This decrease in derivative expense is off-set by an increase of $2.5 million in interest expense and increases in professional fees, legal fees and amortization expense.  Also, there was a $5.6 million income tax benefit in 2006 versus a $5.1 million tax expense in 2005.

57


      From 2004 to 2005, operating earnings decreased $17.2 million, or 122.9% . This decrease in operating earnings is primarily due to an increase of $2.4 million, $4.1 million and $7.1 million in compensation expense, interest expense and derivative expense, respectively.

Results of Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

     PainCare Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, provides healthcare services for the treatment of pain through physician practices and surgery centers in North America and Canada. PainCare’s surgery segment constitutes a component of the entity because the operations of and cash flows of the surgery segment can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity.

      With the intention of narrowing our core business strategy and to reduce debt obligations, PainCare’s management decided during 2006 to exit the ambulatory surgical center acquisition strategy, and has since committed to a plan to sell our interests in our three ambulatory surgical centers (ASC’s). PainCare's ASC’s are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The operations and cash flows of these ASC’s will be eliminated from continuing operations as a result of the sale transaction, and PainCare will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the product group after it is sold. The scenario meets the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 . Therefore PainCare will report the results of operations of the component, including any gain or loss, in discontinued operations.

     In accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired if the fair value less costs to sell of the assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. During 2006, the Company developed a plan to sell our three ASC’s with the intention of using the proceeds to pay off debt obligations. The Company plans to sell those ASC’s during the first half of 2007 and has estimated the sales value, net of related costs to sell, at amounts derived from preliminary discussions with our investment bankers. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $2,297,013 in 2006 attributed to one of the ASC’s. The impairment was based on the Company’s best estimate of the fair value of the ASC less costs to sell. The amount included in discontinued operations could be adjusted in the near term if experience differs from current estimates.

     The results of the discontinued operations of Amphora and the three ASC’s are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 as follows:

  2006   2005
  Amphora   ASC’s    Total   ASC’s
Net Revenue  $3,812,504   $ 16,598,101   $ 20,410,605   $ 5,115,484
Cost of revenue and operating expenses 2,266,710   11,531,482   13,798,192   3,068,079
Operating income (loss) 1,545,794   5,066,619   6,612,413   2,047,405
Other income (loss) -   (4,633,752)   (4,633,752)   (1,500,114)
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and minority interest 1,545,794   432,867   1,978,661   547,291
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 483,973   (392,843)   91,130   (184,972)
Income (loss) before minority interest 1,061,821   825,710   1,887,531   732,263
Minority interest in earnings of discontinued operations 618,318   1,605,678   2,223,996   587,637
Income from discontinued operations 443,503   (779,968)   (336,465)   144,626
Loss from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax (1,670,721)   -   (1,670,721)   -
Total income (loss) from discontinued operations  $(1,227,218)   $ (779,968)    $(2,007,186)   $ 144,626
 
 
The assets and liabilities of Amphora and the ASC’s included in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

58


   2006 2005
Assets    
Cash  $389,905 205,385
Accounts receivable 6,629,433 4,624,705
Deposits and prepaids 350,486 442,953
Deferred taxes 1,113,086  -
Current assets of discontinued operations 8,482,910 5,273,043
Property and equipment, net 1,110,898 889,640
Goodwill 26,040,567 13,928,431
Other assets 740,888 457,454
Non-current deferred tax asset 852,711  735,287
Non-current assets of discontinued operations 28,745,064 16,010,812
Total assets of discontinued operations $ 37,227,974 $ 21,283,855
Liabilities    
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  533,973  434,754
Current portion of capital lease obligations 18,367 122,597
Current liabilities of discontinued operations 552,340 557,351
Capital lease obligations 32,609 41,749
Long term liabilities of discontinued operations 32,609 41,749
Total liabilities of discontinued operations  584,949  599,100
Minority interests related to discontinued operations 2,191,797 1,763,838
Book value of net assets $ 34,451,228 $ 18,920,917

The discontinued operations of the ASC’s were allocated the debt of $27,084,377 and $22,385,987 computing for the purpose of interest expense respectively, for 2006 and 2005. This was allocated because the Company is required by our senior lender HBK Investments to repay their note upon the sale of the ASC’s. As a result, interest expense of $4,646,963 and $1,500,914, respectively, has been included in the results of the discontinued operations recorded as held for sale.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Current situation

     As of December 31, 2006, the Company had working capital of $(23,394,080), including $3,597,714 of cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations. During 2006, the Company sold 3,305,033 shares of common stock, raising net proceeds of $9,496,308. The Company’s cash provided by (used) in operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was ($521,334), $8,577,513 and $4,119,026, respectively for continuing operations.

     The Company expects to utilize cash and cash equivalents to fund its operating activities. We have significantly curtailed our acquisition model and have a plan to reduce expenses prospectively. The Company is continuing to pursue fund-raising possibilities through either the sale of its securities, debt financing or asset dispositions. If the Company is unable to secure additional financing on reasonable terms or if the level of cash and cash equivalents falls below anticipated levels, the Company will not have the ability to continue as a going concern beyond the second quarter of 2007.

      Selling securities to satisfy its capital requirements may have the effect of materially diluting the current holders of the Company’s outstanding stock. The Company may also seek additional funding through other financing vehicles. There can be no assurances that such funding will be available at all or on terms acceptable to the Company.

Senior Credit Facility

  On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006, and November 8, 2006, we entered into letter agreements (the "Waiver Letters") with HBK Investments L.P. (the "Agent"), HBK Master Fund L.P., ("HBK-MF") and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. ("Del Mar," and together with HBK-MF the "Lenders") pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders waived certain of our breaches of the terms of the loan and security agreement entered into by the parties on May 11, 2005, as amended (the "Loan Agreement"). In consideration of the entry by the Agent and the Lenders into the Waiver Letters, we paid fees to the Lenders in the amount of $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000, respectively.

     The August 9, 2006, Waiver Letter required us to cause the financial covenants in Section 7.18 of the Loan Agreement to be amended on or before October 15, 2006, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders. On October 13, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the October 15, 2006

59


deadline until November 15, 2006. On November 8, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the November 15, 2006 deadline until December 1, 2006.

     On January 1, 2007, we entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the "Forbearance Agreement") with the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement with respect to certain specified events of default under the Loan Agreement that had either occurred or that were thought to likely occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, we agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of (i) $277,500 at closing, plus, (ii) upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement (the "Obligations"), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, and (ii) $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the Obligations have been repaid in full.

     Since our entry into the Forbearance Agreement we have failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, and may have additionally violated certain terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement. On March 21, 2007, we received a Notice of Default from the Agent setting forth certain alleged events of default by us under the Loan Agreement, including, but not limited to, a failure by us to make certain required payments. The Notice of Default further provides (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan Agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable. Should the Agent take additional actions to enforce its rights under the Loan Agreement our business and operations could be materially adversely affected. 

CPM Notice of Default

     On March 15, 2007, we received a notice of breach and default (the "CPM Notice") from The Center for Pain Management, LLC ("CPM") with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "APA") entered into by us, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the "Members").

     The CPM Notice set forth our failure to make certain installment payments of cash and common stock under the terms of the APA. The CPM Notice further provides that unless we cure the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "Pledge Agreement") entered into by us and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary. Any actions by CPM or the Members to enforce their rights under the APA and Pledge Agreement may trigger certain defaults under our senior credit facility with HBK, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations.

Convertible Debentures

     Pursuant to certain convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP, the Company is currently in technical default because the Company is in default with it's primary lender.  As of March 30, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

Historic Sources and Uses of Cash

     Our principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash from operations, and our revolving credit agreement. Historically, our primary sources of funding have been cash flows from operations and borrowing under our long-term debt agreements. Funds were used for working capital requirements, capital expenditures, and business acquisitions. The following chart shows cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing and financing activities for 2006, 2005 and 2004:

    For the years ended December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $(813,863)   $9,173,097   $4,119,026
Net cash used in investing activities   (18,512,052)   (36,474,158)   (18,407,883)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   600,368   30,913,386   25,465,930
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $(18,725,547)   $3,612,325   $11,177,073

2006 compared to 2005

Operating activities.

     Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $10.0 million, or 108.9%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities primarily relates to the increased expenses relating to: restatement of prior year financials, adding additional corporate staff and increases in professional fees.

Investing activities.

     Net cash used in investing activities decreased $17.9 million, or 49.2%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in cash used in investing activities primarily relates to recording four acquisitions in 2006 compared to six acquisitions in 2005.

60


Financing activities.

     Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $30.3 million, or 98.1%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities relates to our revolving credit line with HBK. In 2005 we initiated a note payable agreement with HBK which contributed $28.2 million in cash, while in 2006, we did not receive any additional funds under our revolving loan.

2005 compared to 2004

Operating activities.

     Net cash provided by operating activities increased $5.1 million, or 122.7%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities primarily relates to increases in revenues generated from the additional consolidating entities added during 2005.

Investing activities.

     Net cash used in investing activities increased $18.1 million, or 98.1%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in cash used in investing activities primarily relates to the initial cash consideration paid regarding the acquisitions recorded during 2005 as well as first year cash consideration paid to the acquisitions recorded during 2004 and second year cash consideration paid to the acquisitions recorded during 2003.

Financing activities.

     Net cash provided by financing activities increased $5.4 million, or 21.4%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities relates to $28.2 million received in 2005 regarding our revolving loan with HBK compared to $26.8 million cash received in 2004 relating to proceeds from the issuance of debentures and common stock.

Contractual Obligations

     Achieving optimal returns on cash often involves making long-term commitments. SEC regulations require that we present our contractual obligations, and we have done so in the table that follows. However, our future cash flow prospects cannot reasonably be assessed based on such obligations, as the most significant factor affecting our future cash flows is our ability to earn and collect cash from our patients and third-party payors. Future cash outflows, whether they are contractual obligations or not, will vary based on our future needs. While some such outflows are completely fixed (for example, commitments to repay principal and interest on capital obligations), most will depend on future events (for example, a facility has a lease for property that includes a base rent amount and an annual increase based on a percentage of the consumer price index). Further, normal operations involve significant expenditures that are not based on “commitments.” Examples of such expenditures include amounts paid for income taxes or for salaries and benefits.

Our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006, are as follows:

        Less than 1   One-3   Three-5   5+
Contractual Obligations   Total   Year   Years   Years   Years
Long-term debt   $ 34,115,378   $34,115,378   $          -   $         -   $        -
Convertible debentures   12,415,480   12,415,480    -   -   -
Capital leases   3,115,178   1,150,660   1,767,753   196,765    
Operating leases   10,197,276   2,747,160   3,508,667   2,568,558   1,372,891
Acquisition consideration   4,026,209   4,026,209     -     -     -
Employment agreements   2,400,000   600,000   1,200,000   600,000   -
Total contractual obligations $66,269,521

61


 

Financial restructuring plan and working capital needs

     The Company plans to sell three surgery centers to raise funds for the purpose of restructuring our debt obligations. The proceeds would be used to either pay in full or a substantial portion of the $27.8 million of debt with HBK Investments, L.P. Also, the funds would be used to pay the amount due under the promissory note to the original sellers of the Center for Pain Management Ambulatory Surgery Center (CPMASC) of approximately $7.8 million.

     The objective is to substantially reduce the debt outstanding by using the proceeds of the sale of the surgery center division. There may be an additional amount raised through the issuance of common stock or convertible debentures. These proceeds would primarily be used for working capital needs. The Company would have a significantly reduced debt load if the plan is executed.

     The Company’s working capital needs for 2007 are primarily for contingent cash payments of up to $6.5 million for the acquisitions as the earnings requirements are met. The Company is expected to receive a total of approximately $4 million as a tax refund during the third or fourth quarter of 2007. The refund will be used for working capital needs. The Company has also accrued $1.3 million of penalties associated with the late filing of a registration statement.

Critical Accounting Policies

     Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgment that affects the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors we believe to be relevant at the time we prepared our consolidated financial statements. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

     Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, as they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our board of directors.

Principles of Consolidation

     The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company consolidates PSHS Alpha Partners as it has a 67.5% ownership interest in this entity, and it consolidates PSHS Beta Partners as it has a 73% ownership interest. The other parties’ interest in these entities are reported as minority interests in the consolidated financial statements. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The two entities with minority stockholders are included in discontinued operations since the Company unveiled a plan to sell these facilities during the fourth quarter of 2006.

     The Company operates thirteen practices in states with laws governing the corporate practice of medicine where a corporation is precluded from owning the medical assets and practicing medicine. Therefore, contractual arrangements are effected to allow the Company to manage the practice. Emerging Issues Task Force No. 97-2 (“EITF No. 97-2”) states

62


that consolidation can occur when a physician practice management entity establishes an other than temporary controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual arrangements. All but one of the management services agreements between the Company and the physician satisfies all of the criteria of EITF No. 97-2. The Company includes revenue with respect to these practices in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with EITF No. 97-2.

Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle

     Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle was $991,925 and $0, net of tax, for 2006 and 2005, respectively, and resulted from the change in accounting principle from APB No. 25 to SFAS 123R. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle resulted from the requirement of SFAS 123R to reduce the amount of stock-based compensation expense by an estimated forfeiture rate or, in other words, the estimated number of shares that are not expected to vest as a result of an employee terminating prior to becoming fully vested in an award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we did not reduce stock-based compensation expense based on an estimated forfeiture rate but rather recorded an adjustment to stock-based compensation as actual forfeitures occurred. Additionally, at adoption the company previously recorded the options mark to market at intrinsic value. FAS 123R requires these to be recorded at fair value. The options were revalued on January 1, 2006 using the Company’s fair value methodologies and the difference is recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is generally one time in nature and not expected to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis

Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease, including renewal periods when appropriate, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for betterments and major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. The carrying amounts of assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated in the year of disposal and the resulting gains and losses are included in other income or expense. The useful lives of operating equipment range from five to ten years, and the depreciation period for leasehold improvements ranges from three to ten years.

Advertising Costs

     Advertising expenditures relating to marketing efforts consisting primarily of marketing material, brochure preparation, printing and trade show expenses are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $1,816,794, $1,478,285, and $866,557 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

     The Company records income taxes using the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of its assets and liabilities. The Company estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets.

     The recording of a net deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future, otherwise a valuation allowance must be recorded to reduce this asset to its net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and, if necessary, ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax

63


asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income in the period such determination is made. The Company has not recorded any valuation allowances as of December 31, 2006 or 2005. The Company anticipates that it will generate sufficient pretax income in the future to realize its deferred tax assets.

Fair Value Disclosures

     The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, deposits, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate the respective fair values of these instruments due to their current nature.

     The carrying value of acquisition consideration payable consists of the value of cash and Company stock to be paid per contractual obligations and approximates fair value due to the current nature of the cash obligation and the stock which is recorded at fair value.

     The fair values of debt instruments for disclosure purposes only are estimated based upon the present value of the estimated cash flows at interest rates applicable to similar instruments.

     The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features that are indexed to the Company’s common stock, are classified as liabilities when either (a) the holder possesses rights to net-cash settlement or (b) physical or net-share settlement is not within the control of the Company. In such instances, net-cash settlement is assumed for financial accounting and reporting, even when the terms of the underlying contracts do not provide for net-cash settlement. Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.

Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts with high quality, credit-worthy financial institutions. Funds with these institutions exceeded the federally-insured limits by approximately $1,533,339 on December 31, 2006.

     Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company controls credit risk associated with its receivables through pre-approvals with insurance providers. Generally, the Company requires no collateral from its customers.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, contractual allowances and uncollectible accounts, intangible assets, accrued liabilities, derivative liabilities, income taxes, litigation and contingencies. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for judgments about results and the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results and values may differ significantly from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     All short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents denominated in Canadian

64


dollars that translate to U.S. dollar amounts of approximately $129,994 and $147,239, respectively.

     The Company also has a qualified cash requirement from the HBK Investments credit facility. This requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated balance of $2,000,000 in cash and cash equivalents at all times.

Preferred Stock

     The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, but not to exceed one vote per share, or without voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as shall be fixed and determined in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     As reflected in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income is a measure of net income (loss) and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than with stockholders. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive losses for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $(26,483,341), $(5,323,127) and $(1,471,067), respectively.

Foreign Currency

     The Company operates a subsidiary in Canada, which is subject to different monetary, economic and regulatory risks than its domestic operations. The subsidiary uses a functional currency other than U.S. dollars, and the balance sheet accounts are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. The foreign entity’s revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates that prevailed during the reporting period. The resulting net translation gains and losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Exchange gains and losses on transactions and equity investments denominated in a currency other than their functional currency are included in results of operations as incurred.

Deferred Financing Costs

     Deferred financing costs related to the Company’s various credit facilities are amortized over the related terms of the debt using the effective interest method. Net deferred financing costs were $2,536,302 and $1,688,431 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are included as a reduction to the liability as reflected in Note 10 “Notes Payable” and Note 11 “Convertible Debentures.”

Revenue Recognition

     Revenue consists of net patient fee-for-service revenue. Net patient fee-for-service revenue is recognized when services are rendered. Net patient service revenue is recorded net of contractual adjustments and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Allowances for contractual adjustments and bad debts are provided for accounts receivable based on estimated collection rates. The Company estimates contractual allowances based on the patient mix at each location, the impact of contract pricing and historical collection information.

     Substantially all of the accounts receivable are due under fee-for-service contracts from third party payers, such as insurance companies and government-sponsored healthcare programs or directly from patients. Services are generally provided pursuant to contracts with healthcare providers or directly to patients. Accounts receivable for services rendered have been recorded at their established charges and reduced by the estimated contractual adjustments and bad debts.

65


Contractual adjustments result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed and reimbursements by government-sponsored healthcare programs and insurance companies. Receivables generally are collected within industry norms for third-party payors. The Company continuously monitors collections from its customers and maintains an allowance for bad debts based upon any specific payor collection issues that have been identified, the historical collection experience including each practice’s experiences, and the aging of patient accounts receivable balances. The Company is not aware of any claims, disputes or unsettled matters with third-party payors which could have a material effect on the financial statements. The Company either uses in-house billing or local billing companies in each location it operates. Therefore, the Company analyzes its accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts on a site-by-site basis as opposed to a company-wide basis. This allows the Company to be more detailed and more accurate with its collection estimates. While such credit losses have historically been within expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate credit losses in the future could have a material adverse impact on operating results.

     The estimated contractual allowance rates for each facility are reviewed periodically. The Company adjusts the contractual allowance rates, as changes to the factors discussed above become known. As these factors change, the historical collection experience is revised accordingly in the period known. These allowances are reviewed periodically and adjusted based on historical payment rates. Depending on the changes made in the contractual allowance rates, net revenue may increase or decrease.

Changes in contractual allowances for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

    For the Years Ended
    December 31,
       2006   2005
Balance at beginning of year (including balances from purchased business combinations)   $30,658,843   $ 14,788,745
Increase for contractual allowance    87,951,661   40,263,885
Decrease to the contractual allowance for the current year   (98,735,556)   (24,393,787)
Balance at end of year   $19,874,948   $ 30,658,843
 
                   A summary of the activity in the allowance for uncollectible accounts is as follows:        
 
    For the Years Ended
    December 31,
       2006   2005
Balance, beginning of year      $1,763,777   $ 335,459
Additions charged to provision for bad debts          3,529,695   2,788,601
Accounts receivable written off (net of recoveries)      (3,058,387)   (1,360,283)
Balance, end of year      $2,235,085   $ 1,763,777

     The Company's payor mix and aging table from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

    Balance on                
    December 31,                
Financial Class   2006   Current   31-60 Days   61-90 Days   91 + Days
Private Insurance   $7,147,195   $1,928,021   $1,268,546   $659,248   $3,291,380
Self-Pay   339,184   91,498   60,201   31,286   156,199
Workers-Comp   2,145,160   578,676   380,742   197,867   987,875
Government   3,464,006   934,447   614,822   319,515   1,595,222

66


Other   1,562,845   421,592   277,387   144,155   719,711
Total   14,658,390   3,954,234   2,601,698   1,352,071   6,750,387
Allowance for doubtful accounts   2,235,085   105,726   127,230   128,974   1,873,155
Net realizable value   $12,423,305   $3,848,508   $2,474,468   $1,223,097   $4,877,232

            Required balance
        Percentage estimated   in allowance for
        for allowance for   doubtful
Aging Category   Amount   doubtful accounts   accounts
Current      $3,954,234   2.7%   $105,726
31-60 days       2,601,699   4.9%   127,230
61-90 days      1,352,071   9.5%   128,974
Over 91 days      6,750,387   27.7%   1,873,155
             Year end balance of allowance for doubtful accounts           $2,235,085

     The Company’s payor mix and aging table for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 were as follows:

    Balance on                
    December 31,                
Financial Class   2005   Current   31-60 Days   61-90 Days   91 + Days
Medicare   $ 1,588,876   $658,177   $ 281,062   $ 117,867   $ 531,770
Private insurance   12,738,637   5,276,860   2,253,383   944,989   4,263,405
Self-pay   1,056,948   437,832   186,967   78,407   353,742
Workers compensation   2,606,677   1,079,792   461,104   193,371   872,410
Government   2,415,551   1,000,618   427,296   179,193   808,444
Medicaid   262,510   108,742   46,436   19,474   87,858
Other   2,357,983   976,772   417,112   174,922   789,177
Total   23,027,182   9,538,793   4,073,360   1,708,223   7,706,806
Allowance for doubtful accounts   1,763,777   333,355   305,287   162,191   962,944
Net realizable value   $21,263,405   $9,205,438   $3,768,073   $1,546,032   $6,743,862

        Percentage   Required balance
        estimated   in allowance for
        for allowance for   doubtful
Aging Category   Amount   doubtful accounts   accounts
Current   $ 9,538,793   3.5%   $333,355
31-60 days   4,073,360   7.5%   305,287
61-90 days   1,708,223   9.5%   162,191
Over 91 days   7,706,806   12.5%   962,944
             Year end balance of allowance for doubtful accounts           $1,763,777

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and

67


measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For any amount of those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The requirements of FIN 48 are effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is evaluating the impact of FIN 48 and does not believe there will be an impact during the first quarter of 2007.

     In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS No. 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the disclosures related to fair value measurements that are included in a company’s financial statements. SFAS No. 157 does not expand the use of fair value measurements in financial statements, but emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and not an entity-specific measurement that should be based on an exchange transaction in which a company sells an asset or transfers a liability (exit price). SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy in which observable market data would be considered the highest level, while fair value measurements based on an entity’s own assumptions would be considered the lowest level. For calendar year companies like the Company, SFAS No. 157 is effective beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

     In November 2006, the FASB approved EITF 06-06, "Debtor's Accounting for a Modification (or Exchange) of Convertible Debt Instruments" which modifies EITF 96-19 to require a change in the value of an embedded conversion feature of a modified debt to be tested in a separate calculation. Early adoption of EITF 06-06 is permitted, and the Company has elected early adoption and applied the provisions of EITF 06-06 to record the results of the December 2006 refinancing of its subordinated convertible notes.

     In December 2006, the FASB approved EITF 00-19-2,  "Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements," which establishes the standard that contingent obligations to make future payments under a registration rights arrangement shall be recognized and measured separately in accordance with Statement 5 and FASB Interpretation No. 14, Reasonable Estimation of the Amount of a Loss. Early adoption of EITF 00-19-2 is permitted, and the Company has elected such early adoption. As a result we have recorded an estimate of the expected registration statement penalties of $1.3 million.

Business Outlook

     We were forced to devote a significant portion of our time and attention in 2006 to matters primarily outside the ordinary course of business, and those efforts have continued in 2007, although to a much lesser extent. At the same time, we expect to experience volume volatility, payor pressure, and increased competition in our markets. Accordingly, we anticipate our operating results will show a decline between 2006 and 2007 based on various factors.

·    Ancillary Services. In 2007, our ancillary services segment will continue to experience potential divestures from the three surgery centers currently listed as assets held for sale.
 
·    Pain Management. In 2007, our focus within the pain management segment will be on increasing volume growth and financial control. We expect to see margin expansion through financial control of expenses, and by providing additional ancillary services to existing facilities as well as possible expansion to satellite locations.
 
·    Surgeries. In 2007, our focus within the surgeries segment will be to increase the productivity of our same practice operations as well as perform segment analyses on the possible expansion of potential revenue generating ancillary services.
 
·    Corporate. In 2007, we will strive to control costs associated with corporate segment, but this may prove difficult due to our continued investment in our infrastructure (both people and technology). We will also continue to focus on the remediation of weaknesses in our internal controls. We will continue to replace the work performed by external consultants with PainCare employees, and we will continue to add resources to provide the necessary level of support to our facilities and meet our operational needs.

68


     While we expect our 2007 operating results will be consistent with the fact that PainCare is in a reorganization period, we are optimistic about the long-term positioning of PainCare. We continue to offer high quality services in growing segments of the health care industry which should provide long-term growth opportunities. In addition, we are stabilizing operations of our core business strategy of stabilized growth through highly profitable acquisitions and implementing additional ancillary services across all practices.

     Whatever market conditions we face, we will continue to seek opportunities to improve operations, stabilize our finances, and develop new relationships with doctors as potential future acquisitions in our industry, with the ultimate goal of providing sustainable growth and return for our stockholders.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     Market risk generally represents the risk of loss that may result from the potential change in value of a financial instrument as a result of fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. We do not currently have any trading derivatives nor do we expect to have any in the future. We have established policies and internal processes related to the management of market risks, which we use in the normal course of our business operations.

Interest Rate Risk

     Our interest rate risk, in the borrowings under our credit facility, is based on variable market interest rates. As of December 31, 2006, we had $27.8 million of variable rate debt outstanding under our credit facility. At December 31, 2006, the revolving credit line bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 7.25% or Prime plus 4.5% . On March 21, 2007 the Company received from the Agent for the debt notification that the interest rate would change to the default rate of LIBOR plus 10.25% . Additionally, the Company has estimated a rate increase of approximately 13.45% based on the average rate increase over the previous year under the variable debt. The combination of these two factors would yield a hypothetical average interest rate of 16.54% for the next year. These increases would correspondingly decrease our pre-tax earnings and operating cash flows by approximately $1,076,131. The actual change in the pre-tax earnings and operating cash flows for the default rate is approximately $832,500. The hypothetical change in the increase to pre-tax earnings and operating cash flows is $243,631.

Intangible Asset Risk

     We have a substantial amount of intangible assets. We are required to perform goodwill impairment tests whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. As a result of our periodic evaluations, we may determine that the intangible asset values need to be written down to their fair values, which could result in material charges that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position. At December 31, 2006, we performed the impairment tests and determined impairment was needed for both goodwill and the other intangible assets. The total impairment was $33,994,512 for continuing operations and $2,297,013 for discontinued operations.

Equity Price Risk

     We do not own any equity investments, other than in our subsidiaries. As a result, we do not currently have any direct equity price risk.

69


Commodity Price Risk

     We do not enter into contracts for the purchase or sale of commodities. As a result, we do not currently have any direct commodity price risk.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Financial Statements required by this Item are included at the end of this report beginning on Page F-1 as follows:

Index to Financial Statements   F-1    
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms   F-2    
Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 2006 and 2005   F-4    
Consolidated Statements of Operations For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-5    
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005and 2004   F-6    
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For The Years Ended December 31,2006, 2005 and 2004   F-8    
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-9    
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     The management of the Company, with the participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's "disclosure controls and procedures" (as defined in the Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

70


     Based upon, and as of the date of this evaluation, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2006 because of the material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

     The required certifications of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer are included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The disclosures set forth in this Item 9A contain information concerning the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting and changes in internal control over financial reporting referred to in those certifications. Those certifications should be read in conjunction with this Item 9A for a more complete understanding of the matters covered by the certifications.

MANAGEMENT'S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

     Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

     A material weakness is a significant deficiency (within the meaning of Public Company Accounting Oversight Board [“PCAOB”] Auditing Standard No. 2), or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by employees in the normal course of their work.

     Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on the framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), referred to as the Internal Control - Integrated Framework. The objective of this assessment is to determine whether the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. As a result of management’s Sarbanes Oxley work, management has concluded that there is an ineffective control environment over the Company’s financial reporting.

     BKHM, P.A., the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

     Management has identified the following specific material weaknesses in the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006:

(i) Management has identified a lack of adequate segregation of duties in field locations in the purchasing and disbursement function, and in certain field locations for cash receipts. In addition, management noted a lack of compliance with established procedures regarding approval of invoices. In most locations the Company has attempted to segregate responsibilities, however, because of a lack of financial staff or the existence of related parties, there are inherent limitations in achieving proper segregation of duties. Therefore, management has concluded that there were deficiencies in the design of internal controls surrounding segregation of duties at certain locations because of a lack of personnel.

     Planned remediation for 2007 includes the consolidation of accounts payable and disbursement process from decentralized field locations into a centralized process at the Company’s headquarters. The Company believes this action

71


will remediate the material weakness surrounding segregation of duties for the accounts payable and disbursement process functions.

(ii) The Company has executed agreements with related parties for billing, managerial and administrative services and facility leases. Management has identified that the Company did not have appropriate controls to timely identify all transactions with related parties.

     Planned remediation for 2007 includes establishing a formal inquiry process with operations personnel to identify related party transactions. Additionally, with the planned consolidation of the disbursement process, new vendors and contracts will be analyzed to identify related parties.

(iii) Management identified deficiencies in the operation of the Company's policies and procedures associated with a lack of access controls, and adequate backup and security of certain critical computerized financial systems. These systems include billing, payroll, accounts payable, general ledger and electronic spreadsheets used in the compilation and presentation of the Company's financial information. Although there are manual controls designed to identify material errors, these systems identified affect a significant number of account balances and disclosures, and therefore management has concluded that there is a material weakness related to controls in this area.

Management plans the following remediation for 2007:

·    Payroll, general ledger and accounts payable will be migrated from the decentralized subsidiary level and consolidated at the corporate level.
·    Implementation of a Corporate Information System and Security Policy to include:
  o    System Development and Life Cycle processes
  o    Change management
  o    User access review and provisioning
  o    Corporate and practice management review and approval of billing system user accounts and access privileges
o Controls around the use of spreadsheets in financial reporting

(iv) Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s controls around authorization, reconciliation and safeguarding of assets. The deficiencies specifically related to a lack of a physical inventory, errors in the reconciliation of the subsidiary ledger to the general ledger and approval of fixed asset purchases.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes:

(v) Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s control structure surrounding bad debts, contractual allowances, and accounts receivable reserve estimates. The Company did not have appropriate controls designed and implemented to ensure validity, completeness and accuracy of contractual adjustments. In addition, the Company did not have a formalized and structured process to ensure reserves were properly estimated.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes:

72


(vi) Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s internal control structure surrounding payroll. These deficiencies relate to lack of full compliance with established procedures regarding subsidiary to general ledger reconciliation, controls surrounding changes to withholding, payroll cut-off and approval of timecards.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes the consolidation of payroll from decentralized field locations to a centralized process at the Company’s headquarters as well as additional formalized controls surrounding the above areas.

(vii) The Company has identified a material weakness in the process related to the proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions. These control weaknesses were the result of the following:

The Company plans to continue remediation efforts in the analysis of complex transactions by increasing the timing, frequency, expertise and detail in which complex transactions are reviewed.

(viii) Management has identified a deficiency in the accuracy of the month-end close process. This deficiency is specifically related to second party review of journal entries, appropriate cut-off of accounts payable and consolidation of field location financial statements.

The Company plans to consolidate the accounts payable process during 2007 and develop additional procedures surrounding review of journal entries and the consolidation process.

(ix) The Company’s management did not have adequate technical expertise with respect to income tax accounting and tax compliance to effectively oversee these areas. This lack of adequate technical expertise resulted in a $1.1 million audit adjustment to remove an undefined, unattributable tax liability found in the provision.

The Company is in the process of working with a third party specialist to assist in the preparation and review of the income tax provision.

(x) The Company identified a material weakness in the entity level controls relating to the control environment, for the following reasons:

·    The Company did not have formal training, employee acknowledgement, and periodic reconfirmation of the Code of Conduct. 
·    The Company's Whistle Blower program was lacking in relation to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the issuer regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.
·    The Company's Whistle Blower program was also lacking regarding confidential, anonymous submission of employees of the issuer of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

73


     In 2007, the Company also plans to enhance its procedures, training and communication regarding the Code of Ethics and Whistle Blowers program.

(xi) The Company’s management did not have a control structure in place to properly monitor and analyze the subsidiary 401(k) plans for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

     The Company plans to implement a monitoring program and analyze all 401(k) plans at the subsidiary level as well as in the aggregate for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

     Management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the following subsidiaries which were acquired during 2006 and included in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006:

Subsidiary Name   Revenues   Assets
Center for Pain Management -ASC   $5,824,767   $15,147,111
REC, Inc and CareFirst Medical Associates   965,464   1,793,861
Desert Pain Medicine Group   3,968,006   3,980,672
Amphora, LLC   927,477   -
Totals   $11,685,714   $20,921,644

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

     In Item 9A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, management reported material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. Following is a description of changes in internal controls related to those material weaknesses.

(1) Material Weakness

     In light of the facts and circumstances related to a restatement and significant adjustments generated from the year-end audit (described in subsequent items below), the Company concluded that the inability to prepare its financial statements without material misstatements is a material weakness in the Company's internal control over financial reporting. This is the result of inadequate control over the process for the identification and implementation of the proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions.

Remediated Controls Implemented

Debt:

Business Acquisition:

Equity:

74


     Although substantial improvements to the control environment have been made in this area, as a result of additional audit adjustments as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, a material weakness in internal control over the Company’s process for the identification and implementation of proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions still exists as of December 31, 2006, as described in (vii) above.

(2) Material Weakness

     Management has identified that the Company did not have appropriate controls to timely identify, analyze, record, and properly disclose all transactions with related parties.

Remediated Controls Implemented

     As a result of these control improvements, management believes that this material weakness as it relates to the analysis and disclosure aspects of related party transactions has been remediated as of December 31, 2006, however the ability to timely identify related party transactions remains a material weakness as of December 31, 2006, as described in (ii) above.

(3) Material Weakness

     Management has identified a deficiency in the timeliness and accuracy of the month-end close process. This deficiency is specifically related to the accuracy and review of key account reconciliations, analysis of changes in debt/capital leases, appropriate support and second party review of journal entries, and consolidation of field location financial statements. The accounting function is decentralized throughout the field locations, and these locations lacked personnel with adequate experience in accounting matters to analyze and interpret accounting data in a timely manner.

Remediated Controls Implemented

     Although substantial improvements to the control environment have been made in the area of financial close, additional remediation needs to be implemented. Management has concluded that a material weakness in internal control over the Company’s financial close process still exists as of December 31, 2006 as described in (viii) above.

ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
PainCare Holdings, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, because of the effect of the material weaknesses identified in management’s assessment, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“the COSO criteria”). The management of the Company is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.



 

75


 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. As of December 31, 2006, the following material weaknesses were identified and included in management’s assessment:

Management has identified a lack of adequate segregation of duties in field locations in the purchasing and disbursement functions and, in certain field locations, for cash receipts. In addition, management noted a lack of compliance with established procedures regarding approval of invoices. In most locations, the Company attempted to segregate responsibilities; however, because of a lack of financial staff or the existence of related parties, there are inherent limitations in achieving proper segregation of duties. Therefore, management has concluded that there were deficiencies in the design of internal controls pertaining to segregation of duties at certain locations because of a lack of personnel.

The Company has executed agreements with related parties for billing, managerial and administrative services and facility leases. Management has identified that the Company did not have appropriate controls to timely identify all transactions with related parties.

Management identified deficiencies in the operation of the Company’s policies and procedures associated with a lack of access controls and adequate backup and security of certain critical computerized financial systems. These systems include billing, payroll, accounts payable, general ledger and electronic spreadsheets used in the compilation and presentation of the Company’s financial information. Although there are manual controls designed to identify material errors, these systems identified affect a significant number of account balances and disclosures; therefore, management has concluded that there is a material weakness related to controls in this area.

Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s controls around authorization, reconciliation and safeguarding of assets. The deficiencies specifically related to a lack of a physical inventory, errors in the reconciliation of the subsidiary ledger to the general ledger and approval of fixed asset purchases.

Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s control structure surrounding bad debts, contractual allowances and accounts receivable reserve estimates. The Company did not have appropriate controls designed and implemented to ensure validity, completeness and accuracy of contractual adjustments. In addition, the Company did not have a formalized and structured process to ensure reserves were properly estimated.

Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s internal control structure surrounding payroll. These deficiencies relate to lack of full compliance with established procedures regarding subsidiary to general ledger reconciliation, controls over changes to employee withholding, payroll cut-off and approval of timecards.

The Company has identified a material weakness in the process related to the proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions. These control weaknesses were the result of the following:

Management has identified a deficiency in the accuracy of the month-end close process. This deficiency is specifically related to second party review of journal entries, appropriate cut-off of accounts payable and consolidation of field location financial statements.

The Company’s management did not have adequate technical expertise with respect to income tax accounting and tax compliance to effectively oversee these areas. This lack of adequate technical expertise resulted in a $1.1 million audit adjustment to remove an undefined, unattributable tax liability.

The Company identified a material weakness in the entity level controls relating to the control environment, for the following reasons:

The Company’s management did not have a control structure in place to properly monitor and analyze the subsidiaries’ 401(k) plans for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2006 consolidated financial statements of the Company, and this report does not affect our report dated March 28, 2007, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, because of the effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting excluded the internal controls of Center for Pain Management-ASC, REC, Inc. and CareFirst Medical Associates, Desert Pain Medicine Group and Amphora, LLC as of December 31, 2006 because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2006. These entities are included in the 2006 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted approximately 12.8% of total assets as of December 31, 2006 and approximately 18.3% of total revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the entities referred to above.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statements referring to the planned remediation for 2007 included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.

/s/ BKHM, P.A.

Winter Park, Florida
March 28, 2007

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Identification of Executive Officers

The following table lists all of our incumbent executive officers of the Company on December 31, 2006, and is included pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K:

Name   Age   Since   Positions
Randy Lubinsky   54   2002   Chief Executive Officer; Director
Mark Szporka   51   2002   Chief Financial Office; Director
Ronald Riewold   59   2002   President; Director
Merrill Reuter, M.D.   46   2002   President of AOSF; Chairman
 
Identification of Directors            

     

76



The following table lists all directors of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and is included pursuant to Item 401 (a) of Regulation S-K. Directors are elected for a period of one year and thereafter serve until the next annual meeting at which their successors are duly elected by the stockholders. Officers and other employees serve at the will of the Board of

Directors:            
    Board Member        
Name   Age   Since   Positions
Randy Lubinsky   54   2002   Director; Chief Executive Officer
Mark Szporka   51   2002   Director; Chief Financial Officer
Ronald Riewold   59   2002   Director; President
Merrill Reuter, M.D.   46   2002   Director; Chairman, President of AOSF
Jay Rosen, M.D   48   2002   Director
Arthur J. Hudson   55   2002   Director
Robert Fusco   56   2002   Director
Aldo F. Berti, M.D.   59   2004   Director
Thomas J. Crane   49   2004   Director

There are no arrangements or understandings known to us between any of the individuals listed above and any other person pursuant to which he or she was or is to be selected as an officer, other than any arrangements or understandings with officers of PainCare acting solely in their capacities as such.

Current Directors

     Randy Lubinsky, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, joined the Company on August 1, 2000 and has served as a Director of the Company since 2000. Mr. Lubinsky has over 25 years experience as a healthcare entrepreneur and investment banker. He has built businesses from the start-up phase in the healthcare and real estate industries, and has assisted several public companies in implementing roll-up strategies. In March of 2000, Mr. Lubinsky co-founded Quest Capital Partners, LC in Orlando, Florida, an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare where he acted as Managing Director until he joined PainCare in August of 2000. From September of 1999 until March of 2000, Mr. Lubinsky served as a Director of Cloverleaf Capital Advisors, L.L.C., an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare and e-learning, located in Ocoee, Florida. Mr. Lubinsky received a BA degree in finance from Florida International University.

     Mark Szporka, Chief Financial Officer and Director of the Company joined the Company on August 1, 2000 and has served as a Director of the Company since 2000. Mr. Szporka has in excess of 25 years experience as an investment banker, chief financial officer and strategic planner. In March of 2000, he co-founded Quest Capital Partners, LC in Orlando, Florida, an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare where he acted as a Director until he joined PainCare in August of 2000. From September of 1999 until March of 2000, Mr. Szporka served as a Director of Cloverleaf Capital Advisors, L.L.C., an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare and e-learning, located in Ocoee, Florida. Mr. Szporka received a MBA from the University of Michigan and a BBA from the University of Notre Dame. He is a Certified Public Accountant (non-active) in New York.

     Ronald L. Riewold, is the Company’s President and Director and has served as a Director of the Company since 2002. Effective February 7, 2003, the Board elected Mr. Riewold to succeed Dr. Rosen as President of the Company. From December 1999 until January 2001, Mr. Riewold served as a consultant for American Enterprise Solutions, Inc. (“AESI”), a healthcare delivery system and internet utility located in Tampa, Florida which focused on the connectivity of the Internet in the healthcare industry. Mr. Riewold later became Executive Vice President, then President and Chief Operating Officer of AESI. Mr. Riewold has a BA degree from Florida State University and a MBA from Temple University.

     Merrill Reuter, M.D., is the Company’s Chairman of the Board and is the President of Advanced Orthopaedics of South Florida, Inc. and has served as a Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2002. Dr. Reuter founded Advanced Orthopaedics of South Florida, Inc. in Lake Worth, Florida in 1992 and from that date until the present has served as its President and Medical Director. He received a BS degree from Tulane University in 1982 and a Masters in Medical Science and a Medical Degree from Brown University in 1986. Dr. Reuter completed his General Surgical Internship and Orthopedic Surgery Residency Training Program at the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, Texas.

     Jay L. Rosen, M.D., has served as a Director of the Company since 2000. Dr. Rosen has over 15 years experience as a healthcare entrepreneur. Since 1992, he has and continues to serve as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of Tampa Bay Surgery Center, Inc., an outpatient surgical facility that specializes in minimally invasive spinal surgery and pain management procedures in Tampa, Florida. During his tenure with Tampa Bay Surgery Center, Dr. Rosen has successfully developed and managed outpatient surgery, diagnostic, specialized ambulatory treatment and physical rehabilitation centers. He also is active in managing Seven Springs Surgery Center in New Port Richey, Florida. Dr. Rosen received a BS degree from Fordham University and Medical Degree from Cetec University. He performed graduate medical research at Hahnemann University in Philadelphia and the Medical Center at SUNY at Stony Brook. Dr. Rosen is a Diplomat of the American Board of Quality Assurance and Utilization Review Physicians. He currently serves on the Board of Directors for Tampa Bay Surgery Center, Inc., Tampa Bay Surgery Associates, Inc., Rehab One, Inc., Open MRI & Diagnostic Center, Inc., Immuvac, Inc., and Intellicare, Inc.

     Arthur J. Hudson, has served as a Director of the Company since November 2002. Mr. Hudson has been employed with Fidelitone, Inc. of Wauconda, Illinois since 1974. He currently serves as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development for the full service inventory management, distribution and logistics company. From 1998 to 2001, he also served as head of international sales for Aero Products International, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelitone. Mr. Hudson is a member of the board of directors of Fidelitone. He received a B.S. degree in economics from Colorado State University.

     Robert Fusco, has served as a Director of the Company since November 2002. Mr. Fusco has over 20 years experience in the healthcare industry and was responsible for building Olsten Corporation into one of the largest home health and specialty pharmaceutical distribution services companies in North America. Since March 2000 when Olsten Corporation was sold to Addecco Corporation, Mr. Fusco has been an independent consultant. From January 1985 to April 2000, Mr. Fusco served in various capacities including President of Olsten Health Services and Executive Vice President of Olsten

77


Corporation. From 1979 to 1985, he served as Executive Vice President of Bio-Medical Applications, inc., a subsidiary of National Medical Care, Inc., and had profit and loss responsibility for over 180 dialysis clinics nationally. Mr. Fusco received a BS degree from Manhattan College.

     Aldo F. Berti, M.D., has served as a Director of the Company since November 2004. Since 1980, Dr. Berti has owned and provided physician and neurosurgical services to Aldo F. Berti, M.D. P.A. located in Miami, Florida. Additionally, Dr. Berti is an international medical and neurosurgical consultant, having published numerous academic articles and presented extensively at Medical Conferences worldwide. Dr. Berti has developed an expertise, and has a special interest, in complex spinal surgery, pain management, and spine rehabilitation. Dr. Berti is the Associate Director for Latin America at the Gamma Knife Institute at Jackson Memorial Medical Center at the University of Miami School of Medicine. Dr. Berti is a Fellow at the American College of Surgeons and the American Academy of Pediatrics. Dr. Berti has pioneered the field of CyberKnife Radiosugery in the State of Florida by having performed the first procedure in December of 2003. In the past Dr. Berti has been elected as chief of neurosurgery and chief of the department of surgery at Cedars Medical Center of Miami. Dr. Berti is affiliated with the following hospitals: Cedars Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Jackson Memorial Medical Center -Gamma Knife Institute, Miami, Florida; North Shore Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Palm Springs Hospital, Miami, Florida; and South Miami Hospital, Miami, Florida.

     Thomas J. Crane, has served as a Director of the Company since November 2004. Since January 1991, Mr. Crane has owned and operated a specialized law practice located in Naples, Florida. Beginning in 2000, Mr. Crane formed, and currently acts as the Managing Director, of Cloverleaf Capital International, LLC, an investment banking firm focused on media, technology, and health care. In 1990, Mr. Crane founded and became President/CEO of Southwestern Broadcasting Corporation (SBC), a Naples, Florida based radio station group owner. In August of 1998, SBC sold its assets to Broadcast Entertainment Corporation (BEC), an affiliated company operating radio stations in Texas, New Mexico, and California. Mr. Crane was, at the time of the sale, and remains a principal stockholder and Chairman of the Board of Directors of BEC, with its corporate offices located in Clovis, New Mexico. Mr. Crane also sits on the Boards of Compass Knowledge Holdings, Inc. based in Ocoee, Florida and XTEL, Inc., a telecommunications network based in Miami, Florida, and has published several legal articles concerning media, broadcasting, and communications. Mr. Crane holds a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Miami, School of Law, Miami, Florida, a Bachelor of Arts degree from Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida and a Certificate of Languages from the University of Paris (Sorbonne), Paris, France. Mr. Crane is licensed to practice law in the States of Florida and Texas.

Committees and Meetings

     The Board of Directors held five meetings in 2006 and a quorum of directors attended either in person or via teleconference. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and the election and qualification of their successors. Directors receive compensation for serving on the Board of Directors as described below.

Committees of the Board of Directors

     The Company has established a standing Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Stock Option Committee. The Company has not established a Nominating Committee.

Audit Committee

     The Audit Committee retains and oversees the Company’s independent accountants, reviews the scope and results of the annual audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, reviews non-audit services provided to the Company by its independent accountants and monitors transactions among the Company and its affiliates, if any. The Audit Committee currently consists of Mr. Fusco, the chairman of the Audit Committee, Mr. Hudson and Mr. Crane, who are all independent under American Stock Exchange and SEC rules. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Fusco, chairman of the Audit Committee, is qualified as an Audit Committee Financial Expert. During fiscal 2006, the Audit

78


Committee held five meetings at which all of the members of the Committee were present.

Compensation Committee

     The Compensation Committee is responsible for supervising the Company’s compensation policies, administering the employee incentive plans, reviewing officers’ salaries and bonuses, approving significant changes in employee benefits and recommending to the Board such other forms of remuneration as it deems appropriate. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Mr. Crane, the chairman of the Compensation Committee, Dr. Berti and Mr. Hudson, who are all independent. During fiscal 2006, the Compensation Committee held one meeting, at which all of the members of the Committee were present.

Stock Option Committee

     The Stock Option Committee is responsible for supervising and administering the Company’s Stock Option Plans, approving significant changes in the Plans and recommending to the Board such other forms of remuneration as it deems appropriate. The Stock Option Committee currently consists of Mr. Crane, the Chairman of the Stock Option Committee, and Mr. Hudson, who are independent. During fiscal 2006, the Stock Option Committee held one meeting, at which all members of the Committee were present.

Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting

     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of the Company’s common stock, to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership, and to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file. To the Company's knowledge, based solely on review of the copies of such reports and written statements from officers and directors furnished to the Company, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock were complied with during the year.

Code of Ethics

     We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics and it applies to all Directors, Officers and employees. A copy of the Code of Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website and we will provide a copy to any person without charge. If you require a copy, you can download it from our website or alternatively, contact us by facsimile or email and we will send you a copy.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview of Compensation Program

     The Compensation Committee (for purposes of this analysis, the “Committee”) of the Board has responsibility for establishing, implementing and continually monitoring adherence with the Company’s compensation philosophy. The Committee ensures that the total compensation paid is fair, reasonable, and competitive. Generally, the types of compensation and benefits provided to executive officers are similar to those provided to other executive officers.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

     The Committee believes that the most effective executive compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic goals by the Company, and which aligns executives’ interests with those of the stockholders by rewarding performance above established goals, with the ultimate objective of improving stockholder value. The Committee evaluates both performance and compensation to ensure that the Company

79


maintains its ability to attract and retain superior employees in key positions and that compensation provided to key employees remains competitive relative to the compensation paid to similarly situated executives of our peer companies. To that end, the Committee believes executive compensation packages provided by the Company to its executives, including the named executive officers should include both cash and stock-based compensation that reward performance as measured against established goals.

Role of Executive Officers in Compensation Decisions

     The Committee makes all compensation decisions for the Chief Executive Officer and approves recommendations regarding equity awards to all elected officers of the Company. Decisions regarding the non-equity compensation of other executive officers are made by the Chief Executive Officer.

     The Chief Executive Officer and the Committee review the performance of senior officers and executive officers of subsidiaries. The conclusions reached and the recommendations based on these reviews, including with respect to salary adjustments and annual award amounts, are presented to the Committee; however, it is the decision of the Chief Executive Officer to make final determination on all agreements with senior officers and executive officers of subsidiaries.

Setting Executive Compensation

     Based on the foregoing objectives, the Committee has structured the Company’s annual and long-term incentive-based cash and non-cash executive compensation to motivate executives to achieve the business goals set by the Company and reward the executives for achieving such goals. In 2007, the Committee engaged Hay Group, Inc., an independent global human resources consulting firm, to conduct a review of the CEO's base salary, total cash compensation and total direct compensation relative to a peer group of 13 companies approved by the Committee.  The Committee will use this information to make compensation decisions concerning the CEO's pay in 2007.

     The Company’s executive compensation policy is designed to enable the Company to attract, motivate and retain senior management by providing a competitive compensation opportunity based significantly on performance. The objective is to provide fair and equitable compensation to senior management in a way that rewards management for reaching and exceeding objectives. The compensation policy links a significant portion of executive compensation to the Company’s performance, recognizes individual contribution as well as overall business results, and aligns executive and stockholder interests.

2006 Executive Compensation Components

     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, the principal components of compensation for named executive officers were:

Base Salary

80


     The Company provides named executive officers and other employees with base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salary ranges for named executive officers are determined for each executive based on his or her position and responsibility by using market data. During its review of base salaries for executives, the Committee primarily considers:

     Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of the Company’s performance review process as well as upon a promotion or other change in job responsibility.

Equity Based Awards Compensation

     All awards of stock options are made at or above the market price at the time of the award. Annual awards of stock options to executives are made at the Committee’s regularly scheduled meeting.

Ownership Guidelines To directly align the interests of executive officers with the interests of the stockholders, the Committee requires that each named executive officer maintain a minimum ownership interest in the Company. The amount required to be retained varies depending upon the executive’s position. The guideline is a multiple of the executive’s base salary. Further, the Committee requires that under certain conditions the Company’s senior management hold for at least one year stock received upon the exercise of stock options.

Stock Option Program

The Stock Option Program assists the Company to:

enhance the link between the creation of stockholder value and long-term executive incentive compensation;
provide an opportunity for increased equity ownership by executives; and
maintain competitive levels of total compensation.

     Stock option award levels which are determined based on market data, vary among participants based on their positions within the Company. Options are awarded at the American Stock Exchange’s closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant. In certain limited circumstances, the Committee may grant options to an executive at an exercise price in excess of the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date.

     The majority of the options granted by the Committee vest at a rate of 33% per year over the first three years of the five-year option term. Vesting and exercise rights cease upon termination of employment, except in the case of death (subject to a ninety day limitation), disability or retirement. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

     Because all options have been granted at fair market value, any value which is ultimately realized by recipients through stock options is based entirely on the Company’s performance, as perceived by investors in the Company’s Common Stock who establish the price for Common Stock on the open market.

81


Bonuses

Fixed Bonus

     The Company pays to the CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and President a fixed bonus of $200,000 per year payable in four equal quarterly installments.

Discretionary Bonus

     Every six months beginning on June 30, 2006 and continuing each December 31 and June 30 during their respective employment terms, the Committee shall conduct a review of the CEO, CFO, and President’s performance of their respective duties. Based on the outcome of the review, the Committee may award an additional bonus to the officer. The bonus shall not exceed 150% of the officers’ base salary during any calendar year.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

     The Company provides the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the President with perquisites and other personal benefits that the Company and the Committee believe are reasonable and consistent with its overall compensation program to better enable the Company to attract and retain superior employees for key positions. The Committee periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to named executive officers.

     The CEO, CFO, and President are provided a monthly automobile allowance (including insurance, gas and maintenance), participation in the plans and programs described above, a country club membership at a country club of the employees’ choice, and a term life insurance policy in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.

     Attributed costs of the personal benefits described above for the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, are included in column (f) of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Tax and Accounting Implications

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

     As part of its role, the Committee reviews and considers the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that the Company may not deduct compensation of more than $1,000,000 that is paid to certain individuals. The Company believes that compensation paid under the management incentive plans are generally fully deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, in certain situations, the Committee may approve compensation that will not meet these requirements in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for its executive officers.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

     Beginning on January 1, 2006, the Company began accounting for stock-based payments including its Stock Option Program in accordance with the requirements of FASB Statement 123(R).

Potential Payment upon Termination or Change of Control

     Information regarding applicable payments under such agreements for the named executive officers is provided under the heading “Payments Made Upon a Change of Control.”

Summary Compensation Table

82


     The table below summarizes the total compensation paid or earned by each of the named executive officers for the calendar year ended December 31, 2006.

Summary Compensation Table

                             (a)   (b)   (c )   (d)   (e) (f)    (g)
                     
Name and Principal               Option Awards All Other      
Position   Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   ($)(1)(2) Compensation ($)    Total ($)
Randy Lubinsky      2006   $ 320,000   $ 200,000   $ 364,544 $43,626   $ 928,170
Chief Executive Officer           (8)     (3)    
 
Mark Szporka      2006   295,000   200,000   364,544 45,446   $ 904,990
Chief Financial Officer           (8)       (4)    
 
Ron Riewold      2006   295,000   200,000   628,423 35,857   $1,159,280
President           (8)     (5)    
 
Kathleen White      2006   148,000   10,000   39,637 16,872   $ 214,509
Executive Vice President,                      
Operations           (9)     (6)    
 
Craig Coppedge      2006   115,000   20,000   17,596 15,085   $ 167,681
Controller           (10)     (7)    

(1)      The amounts in column (e) reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, in accordance with FAS123(R) of awards pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan and thus include amounts from awards granted in and prior to 2006. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount for fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 are included in footnote disclosure 1 to the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, are included under the heading "Stock-Based Compensation Plans" in the Accounting and Policies and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Form 10-KA for fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2006.
 
(2)      On May 20, 2006 the Company entered in an amendment to the CEO, CFO, and President's employment agreements. The employment agreements called for the officers to waive all accrued bonuses earned up to December 31, 2005. As remuneration for the agreement all the options outstanding to these officers were immediately vested. In accordance with FAS 123(R) for awards that are modified the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $912,560 for the immediate vesting of these options.
 
(3)      Mr. Lubinsky received the following items included in column heading (f)
 
 
  • Automobile lease payments
     
  • Automobile maintenance payments
     
  • Health insurance premium payments
     
  • Dental insurance premium payments
     
  • Life insurance premium payments

    83


    (4)      Mr. Szporka received the following items included in column heading (f)
     
     
  • Automobile allowance payments
     
  • Country Club dues payments
     
  • Health insurance premium payments
     
  • Dental insurance premium payments
     
  • Life insurance premium payments

    (5)    Mr. Riewold received the following items included in column heading (f)

    (6)    Ms. White received the following items included in column heading (f)

    (7)      Mr. Coppedge received the following items included in column heading (f)
     
     
  • Health insurance premium payments
     
  • Dental insurance premium payments
     
    (8)      The CEO, CFO, and President each received their contractually agreed upon fixed bonus during 2006. There was no discretionary bonus paid or accrued during the year.

    (9)      Ms. White received a discretionary bonus during the year.
     
    (10)      Mr. Coppedge received a discretionary bonus during the year.
     

    The executives received the following percentages of each component of compensation to their total compensation:

        Base Salary   Bonuses   Equity Awards   Perquisites
    Randy Lubinsky   34%   22%   39%   5%
    Mark Szporka   33%   22%   40%   5%
    Ron Riewold   26%   17%   54%   3%
    Kathleen White   69%   5%   18%   8%
    Craig Coppedge   69%   12%   10%   9%

    Approximately 39% of Mr. Lubinsky's total compensation was in equity awards. This includes the modification of Mr. Lubinsky’s outstanding option awards that occurred on May 20, 2006. The modification fully vested all of the outstanding options on that date. This caused an additional amount of compensation recorded under FAS 123(R) of $276,189. The percentages above reflect the Committee’s intention to align Mr. Lubinsky’s total compensation with that of stockholders. Additionally, there was no discretionary bonus paid during 2006. Mr. Lubinsky is an executive officer of the corporation.

    Approximately 40% of Mr. Szporka's total compensation was in equity awards. This includes the modification of Mr. Szporka’s outstanding option awards that occurred on May 20, 2006. The modification fully vested all of the outstanding options on that date. This caused an additional amount of compensation recorded under FAS 123(R) of $276,189. The percentages above reflect the Committee’s intention to align Mr. Szporka’s total compensation with that of stockholders.

    84


    Additionally, there was no discretionary bonus paid during 2006. Mr. Szporka is an executive officer of the corporation.

    Approximately 54% of Mr. Riewold's total compensation was in equity awards. This includes the modification of Mr. Riewold’s outstanding option awards that occurred on May 20, 2006. The modification fully vested all of the outstanding options on that date. This caused an additional amount of compensation recorded under FAS 123(R) of $360,182. The percentages above reflect the Committee’s intention to align Mr. Riewold’s total compensation with that of stockholders. Additionally, there was no discretionary bonus paid during 2006. Mr. Riewold is an executive officer of the corporation.

    Approximately 69% of Ms. White's total compensation was in salary. Ms. White is not an executive officer of the corporation. However, she is responsible for the Company’s operations. She has significant policy influence in the Company’s operations and is, therefore, included as a named executive officer for purposes of this disclosure.

    Approximately 69% of Mr. Coppedge's total compensation was in salary. Mr. Coppedge is not an executive officer of the corporation. However, he is responsible for the Company’s accounting function. He has significant policy influence in the Company’s accounting policies and procedures and is, therefore, included as a named executive officer for purposes of this disclosure.

    Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table                    
     
            All Other            
            Option Awards:           Grant Date
            Number of   Exercise or   Closing   Fair Value
            Securities   Base Price   Price on   of Stock
            Underlying   of Option   Grant   Option
            Options   Awards   Date   Awards
    Name   Grant date   (#)   ($/Sh)(1)   ($/Sh)   ($)(2)
         Kathleen White, Executive Vice                    
         President, Operations   5/19/2006   25,000   $1.46   $ 1.46   $15,579
     
         Craig Coppedge, Controller   3/21/2006   25,000   $1.41   $ 1.41   $14,374

    (1)      The options to Ms. White and Mr. Coppedge were issued at the market price on the grant date. The Company uses the Black Scholes valuation method to estimate the fair value of option grants.
     

    85


    (2) Option awards were immediately vested on the grant date.            
     
    Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2006                
     
            Option Awards    
        Number of   Number of            
        Securities   Securities   Equity Incentive        
        Underlying   Underlying   Plan Awards:        
        Unexercised   Unexercised   Number of Securities   Option    
        Options   Options   Underlying Unexercised   Exercise   Option
        (#)   (#)   Unearned Options   Price    Expiration
         Name and Principal Position   Exercisable   Unexercisable   (#)   ($)   Date
         Randy Lubinsky   1,000,000                      -   -   $ 1.00   8/1/2007
         Chief Executive Officer   150,000                      -   -   2.25   6/4/2008
        250,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2013
        50,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2008
        50,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2009
        50,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2010
        250,000                      -   -   1.93   2/1/2011
        250,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2012
        100,000                      -   -   3.08   8/1/2009
        175,000                      -   -   4.00   8/1/2010
     
         Mark Szporka   1,000,000                      -   -   1.00   8/1/2007
         Chief Financial Officer   150,000                      -   -   2.25   6/4/2008
        250,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2013
        50,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2008
        50,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2009
        50,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2010
        250,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2011
        250,000                      -   -   1.93   8/1/2012
        100,000                      -   -   3.08   8/1/2009
        175,000                      -   -   4.00   8/1/2010
     
         Ron Riewold   775,000                      -   -   1.00   2/7/2008
         President   475,000                      -   -   3.02   2/7/2013
        775,000                      -   -   1.90   10/16/2013
        175,000                      -   -   4.00   8/1/2010
     
         Kathleen White   25,000                      -   -   4.81   4/1/2010
         Executive Vice President, Operations   27,500                      -   -   4.01   7/6/2010
        15,000                      -   -   3.25   4/1/2011
        27,500                      -   -   4.01   7/6/2011
        25,000                      -   -   1.46   5/19/2011
     
         Craig Coppedge   10,000                      -   -   2.64   3/17/2009
         Controller   60,000                      -   -   2.97   1/6/2010
        60,000                      -   -   2.97   1/6/2011
        25,000                      -   -   1.41   3/21/2011

    86


    Option Exercises and Stock Vested

         None of the Company’s named executive officers exercised any stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

    Potential Post-Employment Payments

    Neither Mr. Coppedge nor Ms. White currently have provisions allowing for post-employment payments.

    Potential Post-Employment Payments

    The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change of control of the Company for Randy Lubinsky, the Company's CEO. Per Mr. Lubinsky's employment agreement in a termination "Not for Cause", for a period of one year and in the case of a termination "For Cause" for a period of two years, he is subject to a sixty mile non-competition and a non-interference agreement. Mr. Lubinsky also has the right to voluntarily terminate employment under a change of control and will receive 2.9 times his annual salary as a severance payment.

            Involuntary                
            Not   For Cause   Change in        
        Voluntary   for Cause   Termination   Control   Disability      Death
    Executive Benefits and   Termination   Termination   on   on   on   on
    Payments Upon Separation   on 12/31/06   on 12/31/06   12/31/2006   12/31/06   12/31/06   12/31/06
    Salary (1)   -   1,280,000   -   -   640,000   640,000
    Stock Options (2)   -   -   -   -   -   -
    Bonuses (3)   -   800,000   -   -   400,000   400,000
    Health and life insurance (4)   -   66,036   -   66,036   66,036   -
    Cash severance (5)   -   -   -   928,000   -   -
    Accrued Vacation (6)   159,994   159,994   159,994   159,994   159,994   159,994

    (1)      Reflects the lump sum payment due.
     
    (2)      Since all options were fully vested on May 20, 2006 there is no additional compensation expense associated with option grants.
     
    (3)      Reflects the Fixed Bonus only. No payments would be made under the Discretionary Bonus plan.
     
    (4)      Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future premiums which will be paid on behalf of Mr. Lubinsky under the employment agreement. 
     
    (5)      The cash severance amount is computed as 2.9 times the annual base salary.
     
    (6)      Reflects the lump sum payment due.
     

    The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change of control of the Company for Mark Szporka, the Company's CFO. Per Mr. Szporka's employment agreement in a termination "Not for Cause", for a period of one year and in the case of a termination "For Cause" for a period of two years, he is subject to a sixty mile non-competition and a non-interference agreement. Mr. Szporka also has the right to voluntarily terminate employment under a change of control and will receive 2.9 times his annual salary as a severance payment.

    87


    Executive Benefits and
    Payments Upon Separation
      Voluntary Termination on 12/31/06   Involuntary Not for Cause Termination on 12/31/06   For Cause Termination 12/31/2006   Change in Control on 12/31/06   Disability on 12/31/06   Death on 12/31/06
    Salary (1)   -   1,180,000   -       590,000   590,000
    Stock Options (2)   -   -   -   -   -   -
    Bonuses (3)   -   800,000   -   -   400,000   400,000
    Health and life insurance (4)   -   82,510   -   82,510   82,510   -
    Cash severance (5)   -   -   -   855,500   -   -
    Accrued Vacation (6)   147,503   147,503   147,503   147,503   147,503   147,503

    (1)      Reflects the lump sum payment due.
     
    (2)      Since all options were fully vested on May 20, 2006 there is no additional compensation expense associated with option grants.
     
    (3)      Reflects the Fixed Bonus only. No payments would be made under the Discretionary Bonus plan.
     
    (4)      Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future premiums which will be paid on behalf of Mr. Szporka under the employment agreement.
     
    (5)      The cash severance amount is computed as 2.9 times the annual base salary.
     
    (6)      Reflects the lump sum payment due.

    The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change of control of the Company for Ron Riewold, the Company's President. Per Mr. Riewold's employment agreement in a termination "Not for Cause", for a period of one year and in the case of a termination "For Cause" for a period of two years, he is subject to a sixty mile non-competition and a non-interference agreement. Mr. Riewold also has the right to voluntarily terminate employment under a change of control and will receive 2.9 times his annual salary as a severance payment.

    Executive Benefits and
    Payments Upon Separation
      Voluntary on 12/31/06   Involuntary Not for Cause Terminationon 12/31/06   For Cause Termination on 12/31/2006   Change in Control on 12/31/06   Disability on 12/31/06   Death on 12/31/06
    Salary (1)   -   1,180,000   -   -   590,000   590,000
    Stock Options (2)   -   -   -   -   -   -
    Bonuses (3)   -   800,000   -   -   400,000   400,000
    Health and life insurance (4)   -   82,510   -   82,510   82,510   -
    Cash severance (5)   -   -   -   855,500   -   -
    Accrued Vacation (6)   147,503   147,503   147,503   147,503   147,503   147,503

    (1) Reflects the lump sum payment due.

    88


    (2)      Since all options were fully vested on May 20, 2006 there is no additional compensation expense associated with option grants.
     
    (3)      Reflects the Fixed Bonus only. No payments would be made under the Discretionary Bonus plan.
     
    (4)      Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future premiums which will be paid on behalf of Mr. Riewold under the employment agreement.
     
    (5)      The cash severance amount is computed as 2.9 times the annual base salary.
     
    (6)      Reflects the lump sum payment due.

    Director Compensation

         The Company uses a combination of cash and stock-based incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the Board. In setting director compensation, the Company considers the amount of time that Directors expend in fulfilling their duties to the Company as well as the skill-level required by the Company of members of the Board.

    Cash Compensation Paid to Board Members

         For calendar year ended December 31, 2006, members of the Board who are not employees of the Company are entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $5,000. Each Director who serves on the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee receive $5,000 and $2,500, respectively. Directors who are employees of the Company receive no compensation for their service as directors.

    Stock Option Program

         Each non-employee Director received a stock option grant of 30,000 shares issued at the money on June 20, 2006. Until an option is exercised, shares subject to options cannot be voted. Options issued were immediately vested.

    Director Summary Compensation Table

        Fees Earned            
        or Paid   Option   All Other    
        in Cash   Awards   Compensation   Total
    Name (1)(2)   ($)   ($)(3)   ($)   ($)
    Jay Rosen, M.D.   5,000   18,011   -   23,011
    Arthur J. Hudson   20,000   18,011   -   38,011
    Robert Fusco   12,953   18,011   -   30,964
    Thomas J. Crane   20,000   18,011   -   38,011
    Aldo F. Berti   10,821   18,011   -   28,832

    (1)      Merrill Reuter is not included as he is an employee of one of the PainCare subsidiaries and thus receives no compensation for his services as a director.
     
    (2)      Ron Riewold, Randy Lubinsky, and Mark Szporka are excluded as they are employees of the Company and thus receive no compensation for their services as directors. The compensation received by them is included in the Summary Compensation Table on page 81 of this report.
     
    (3)      Reflects the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the year ended December 31, 2006 in accordance with FAS 123(R). As of December 31, 2006, each Director had the following number of

    89


    options outstanding: Jay Rosen: 55,000; Arthur Hudson: 400,000; Robert Fusco: 150,000; Thomas Crane: 55,000; Aldo F. Berti: 55,000.

    Performance Graph

         The following graph shows the change in our cumulative total stockholders' return from July 17, 2002, the effective date of our merger with HelpMate Robotics, Inc., through the end of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2006, based upon the market price of our common stock, compared with the cumulative total return on the American Stock Exchange and AMEX Health Products and Services Index. The graph assumes a total initial investment of $100 as of July 17, 2002, and shows a “Total Return” that assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any, and is based on market capitalization at the beginning of each period for each period. The performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.


    * $100 invested on 7/17/02 in stock or on 6/30/02 in index-including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.

    ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

    90


         The following table sets forth certain information as of March 9, 2007 as to the number of shares of the Company common stock that will be beneficially owned by: (i) each person that beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company common stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) the Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company; and (iv) the Company executive officers and directors as a group.

         The holders listed below will have sole voting power and investment power over the shares beneficially held by them. The table below includes shares subject to options, warrants and convertible notes.

    Beneficial Ownership (1)            
    Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares   Percent   Current Position
                Chairman of the Board, President-
    Merrill Reuter, M.D. (2)   1,914,810   2.9%   AOSF
    Randy Lubinsky (3) (11)   3,351,970   4.9%   CEO and Director
    Mark Szporka (4) (11)   3,299,871   4.8%   CFO and Director
    Ronald Riewold (5)   2,350,000   3.4%   President and Director
    Jay Rosen, M.D. (6)   455,000   *   Director
    Arthur J. Hudson (7) (11)   600,000   *   Director
    Robert Fusco (8)   150,000   *   Director
    Thomas J. Crane (9)   59,000   *   Director
    Aldo F. Berti, M.D. (10)   55,000   *   Director
    All officers, directors, and affiliates as a group            
    (9 persons)   12,235,651   16.7%    

    (1)      Based on an aggregate of 66,690,780 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of March 23, 2007
     
    (2)      Includes the impact of the merger on January 1, 2001 between the Company’s subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company I, Inc., and Advanced Orthopedics of South Florida, Inc., of which Dr. Reuter was a stockholder, at which time a trust controlled by Dr. Reuter received 1,850,000 shares of common stock and $1,239,000 in convertible debentures, which were paid in full in February of 2004. Dr. Reuter received 62,810 shares of common stock as partial consideration for the Company’s purchase of 50% of his ownership interest in the Lake Worth Surgical Center in May of 2005. In addition, Pamela Reuter, Dr. Reuter’s wife, owns 2,000 shares of our common stock.
     
    (3)      Includes options issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans (the “Plans”) to acquire (i) 1,000,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share (ii) 900,000 shares of common stock at $1.93 per share; and (iii) 100,000 shares of common stock at $3.08 per share and (iv) 175,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share.
     
    (4)      Includes options issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans (the “Plans”) to acquire (i) 1,000,000 shares of common at $1.00 per share (ii) 900,000 shares of common stock at $1.93 per share; and (iii) 100,000 shares of common stock at $3.08 per share and (iv) 175,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share.
     
    (5)      Includes options issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans (the “Plans”) to acquire (i) 775,000 shares of common  at $1.00 per share (ii) 475,000 shares of common stock at $3.02 per share; (iii) 775,000 shares of common stock at $1.90 per share; and (iv) 175,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share
     
    (6)      Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 200,000 shares of common stock at $0.05 per share; and (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
     
    (7)      Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 70,000 shares of common stock at $0.70 per share; (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.40 per share; and (iii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.

    91


    (8)      Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 70,000 shares of common stock at $0.70 per share; (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.40 per share and (iii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
     
    (9)      Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
     
    (10)      Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
     
    (11)      Includes Plan options to acquire 150,000 shares of common stock at $2.25 per share, which were granted and fully vested in accordance with a personal guarantee provided by each Messrs. Lubinsky, Szporka and Hudson with respect to the guarantee of a line of credit with Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. This line of credit was subsequently closed in February of 2004.

    EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
        (a)   (b)   (c)
                Number of securities
                remaining available for future
        Number of securities to   Weighted-average   issuance under equity
        be issued upon exercise   exercise price of   compensation plans
        of outstanding options,   outstanding options,   (excluding securities reflected
        warrants and rights   warrants and rights   in column (a))
    Equity compensation plans approved by   7,797,150   $2.18   1,405,264
    security holders            
    Equity compensation plans not approved by   3,905,884   $2.00   0
    security holders            


    (a)There were grants to executives prior to the Company being listed on the American Stock Exchange that are being treated as outside the scope of the 2000 and 2001 Stock Option Plans. These grants total 2,000,000 outstanding at December 31, 2006. Those options are exercisable up to five years from the grant date and were issued at fair market value on the grant date.

    ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         In 2004 the Company entered into a contract with Merrill Reuter, MD., chairman of the Company’s board of directors and an approximate 3.0% stockholder. Under the terms of the contract, which are similar to those entered into with other physicians, the Company is providing real estate development and construction oversight services to Dr. Reuter related to a planned medical facility that is intended to be owned by Dr. Reuter and leased to the Company and others. During 2006, Dr. Rueter failed to fulfill his contractual obligations under the contract, therefore, making the agreement no longer valid. 

    ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES        
     
    The following table represents audit fees incurred during fiscal years 2006 and 2005:        
     
        2006   2005
    Audit fees   $566,108   $ 92,400
    Audit related fees   182,831   159,346
    Tax fees   -   42,780
    Total   $748,939   $ 294,526

    Audit fees were for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of financial statements included in our Forms 10-Q and 10-QSB quarterly reports, and services that are normally provided by independent auditors in connection

    92


    with our other filings with the SEC. This category also includes advice on accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or review of our interim financial statements.

         Audit related fees include due diligence in connection with acquisitions, consultation on accounting and internal control matters and audits in connection with proposed or consummated acquisitions.

    Tax fees related to services for tax consultation, tax compliance and submitting tax returns.

         As part of its duties, our Audit Committee pre-approves audit and non-audit services performed by our independent auditors in order to assure that the provision of such services does not impair the auditors’ independence. Our Audit Committee does not delegate to management its responsibilities to pre-approve services performed by our independent auditors.

    PART IV

    ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES    
    (a) Documents filed as part of this Report.    
    1. Financial Statements (appearing at the end of this Report)    
    Index to Financial Statements   F-1
    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms:    
    Report of BKHM, P.A.   F-2
    Report of Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A.   F-3
    Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 2006 and 2005   F-4
    Consolidated Statements of Operations For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-5
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-6
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-8
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-9
     
    (b). Exhibits    
     
    INDEX TO EXHIBITS    

    NO. DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

    3.01 Articles of Incorporation (1)
     
    3.02  By Laws(1)

    3.03 Amendment to Bylaws (2)
     
    3.04 Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (3)

    4.1  2000 Stock Option Plan of PainCare, Inc. (1) 
     
    4.2  2001 Stock Option Plan of PainCare, Inc. (1) 
     
    10.01 Merger Agreement and plan of Reorganization by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and CPS Merger Corp., Scott Brandt, M.D. and Bradley Vilims, M.D.(4) 
     
    10.02 Securities Purchase Agreement by and Among PSHS Partnership Ventures, PainCare Holdings, Inc. and PainCare Surgery Centers I, Inc. (5) 
     
    10.03 Securities Purchase Agreement by and among PSHS Partnership Ventures, Inc., PainCare Holdings, Inc. and PainCare Surgery Centers II, Inc. (6) 
     
    10.04  Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C. (7)


    93


    10.05 Asset Purchase Agreement by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. and The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC. (8)
     
    10.06 Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C. (9)

    10.07 Asset Purchase by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. (10)

    10.08 Loan and Security Agreement by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and HBK Investments, L.P.(11)
     
    10.09 Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and HBK
    Investments, L.P.(11)

    10.10 Third Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Randy Lubinsky.(11)

    10.11 Third Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Mark Szporka(11) 

    10.12 Fourth Addendum to Employment Agreement by and between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Ronald Riewold

    10.13 Securities Purchase Agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Those Certain Buyers Listed in the Schedule Attached to the Agreement. (11)

    10.14 Asset Purchase Agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. and Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC. (12)

    10.15 Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XXII, Inc., REC, Inc. and Robert Carpenter, D.C. (13)

    10.16 Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XXII, Inc., CareFirst Medical Associates, P.A. and Randall Rodgers, D.O. (14)

    10.17 Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XIX, Inc., Desert Pain Medicine Group and C. Edward Anderson, Jr., M.D. (15)

    10.18 Membership Interest Purchase Agreement By and Among Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., Richard Flores, Amphora, LLC, PainCare Holdings, Inc. and PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. (16)

    10.19 Letter Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc., HBK Investments, L.P., PCRL Investments, L.P. and Del Mar Master Fund, Ltd.(18)

    10.20 Warrant Cancellation Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd.(18)

    10.21 Warrant Cancellation Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Midsummer Investment, Ltd.(18)

    10.22 Warrant Cancellation Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Islandia, L.P.(18)

    10.23 Securities Purchase Agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., Midsummer Investment, Ltd. and Islandia, L.P.(19)

    10.24 Form of Convertible Debenture(19)

    10.25 Registration Rights agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Purchasers(19)

    10.26 Amendment Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc., Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Islandia, LP. (19)

    10.27 Amendment Number Two To Loan and Security Agreement and Consent By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc HBK Investments, LP(19)

    10.28 HBK Letter Agreement(20)

    14.1 Code of Ethics for PainCare Holdings, Inc.(11)

    21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company(11)

    31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

    31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

    32.1 Section 1350 Certifications


    (1) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form S-4 on January 4, 2002
    (2) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on July 12, 2005
    (3) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 11, 2005
    (4) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on April 18, 2005
    (5) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on May 17, 2005
    (6) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 8, 2005
    (7) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 11, 2005
    (8) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on September 27, 2005
    (9) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 7, 2005
    (10) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 14, 2005
    (11) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company's Form 10-K on June 1, 2006
    (12) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 3, 2006
    (13) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 9, 2006
    (14) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 11, 2006
    (15) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 25, 2006
    (16) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on February 3, 2006
    (17) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form S-1 on July 20, 2006.
    (18) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on May 8, 2006
    (19) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 7, 2006
    (20) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 13, 2006





     

    94


    SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized .

        PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
    Date: April 2, 2007   By:/s/ RANDY LUBINSKY
               Chief Executive Officer and Director
    Date: April 2, 2007   By:/s/ MARK SZPORKA
               Chief Financial and Accounting Officer
               and Director

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

    Signature   Title   Date    
    /s/   RONALD RIEWOLD   President and Director   April 2, 2007
    /s/   JAY ROSEN, M.D.   Director   April 2, 2007
    /s/   MERRILL REUTER, M.D.   Director   April 2, 2007
    /s/   ARTHUR J. HUDSON   Director   April 2, 2007
    /s/   ROBERT FUSCO   Director   April 2, 2007
    /s/   ALDO F. BERTI, M.D.   Director   April 2, 2007
    /s/   THOMAS J. CRANE   Director   April 2, 2007

    95


    PART F/S    
    PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.    
    CONTENTS    
    Index to Financial Statements   F-1
    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms:    
    Report of BKHM, P.A.   F-2
    Report of Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A.   F-3
    Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 2006 and 2005   F-4
    Consolidated Statements of Operations For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-5
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-6
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-8
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004   F-9

    F-1


    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    To the Board of Directors and
    Stockholders of PainCare Holdings, Inc.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

    As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has debt obligations that are currently in default.  Management is presently in negotiations with lenders to refinance and/or settle the debt obligations.  The ultimate outcome of the refinancing negotiations cannot presently be determined and the future actions of the debt holders, which could be detremental to the Company's financial position, are unknown. A significant portion of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral, and foreclosure would seriously impair the Company's ability to operate. No provision for any liability that may result from the uncertainty surrounding the Company’s debt has been made in the accompanying financial statements.

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in the preceding paragraph, there are uncertainties involving the Company's debt, the ultimate outcome of which cannot presently be determined. The potential significance of an adverse conclusion to these issues raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to this matter are described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

    We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 28, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting and an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

    /s/ BKHM, P.A.

    Winter Park, Florida
    March 28, 2007


    F-2


    TSCHOPP, WHITCOMB & ORR, P.A.

    The Board of Directors
    PainCare Holdings, Inc.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PainCare Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    As discussed in note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2004 and 2003 consolidated financial statements.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PainCare Holdings, Inc., as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its consolidated operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

    /s/ Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A.

    March 4, 2005, except for note 2 as to which the date is April 17, 2006 Maitland, Florida

    F-3


    PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    December 31, 2006 and 2005
        2006   2005
    Assets        
    Current assets:        
             Cash and cash equivalents   $3,597,714   $22,507,780
             Accounts receivable, net   12,423,305   16,638,700
             Deposits and prepaid expenses   1,575,547   2,114,539
             Current deferred tax asset   904,604   683,391
             Income tax receivable   4,135,375   -
             Current assets of discontinued operations   8,482,910   5,273,043
                         Total current assets   31,119,455   47,217,453
    Property and equipment, net   10,040,810   10,605,016
    Goodwill, net   89,365,614   97,539,861
    Due from stockholder   -   427,553
    Deferred tax asset   -   132,567
    Other assets   4,106,791   11,377,368
    Non-current assets of discontinued operations   28,745,064   16,010,812
                         Total assets   $163,377,734   $183,310,630
    Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity        
    Liabilities:        
             Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $6,505,248   $ 3,087,960
             Accrued compensation expense   -   17,142,549
             Derivative liabilities   -   12,952,455
             Acquisition consideration payable   4,026,209   8,011,567
             Common stock payable   -   5,405,601
             Income tax payable   -   3,003,766
             Current portion of notes payable   34,115,378   3,883,012
             Current portion of capital lease obligations   1,383,790   1,523,781
             Derivative liabilities 600,000 -
             Current portion of convertible debentures   12,415,480   8,519,131
             Current liabilities of discontinued operations   552,340   557,351
                         Total current liabilities   59,598,445   64,087,173
    Notes payable, less current portion     -   26,129,569
    Convertible debentures, less current portion   -   1,133,877
    Capital lease obligations, less current portion   1,731,388   2,830,959
    Deferred tax liability non-current 2,472,513 -
    Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations   32,609   41,749
                         Total liabilities   63,834,955   94,223,327
    Minority interests related to discontinued operations   2,191,797   1,763,838
    Commitments and contingencies        
    Stockholders' equity:        
             Common stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized 200,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 66,292,721 and 55,823,026 shares, respectively   6,629   5,582
             Preferred stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding -0- shares   -   -
             Additional paid in capital   142,763,156   106,253,345
             Accumulated deficit   (45,465,595)   (18,983,089)
             Accumulated other comprehensive income   46,792   47,627
                         Total stockholders' equity   97,350,982   87,323,465
                         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $163,377,734   $183,310,630
     
    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-4


    PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
     
                   2006   2005   2004
                (As restated)
    Revenues:            
             Pain management   $46,092,950   $43,269,382   $22,316,610
             Surgeries   5,347,676   6,165,175   5,202,766
             Ancillary services   12,288,256   14,113,756   10,398,524
             Total revenues   63,728,882   63,548,313   37,917,900
    Cost of revenues   20,270,361   11,549,973   6,663,945
             Gross profit   43,458,521   51,998,340   31,253,955
    General and administrative expense   39,828,569   38,510,708   20,408,656
    Amortization expense   2,263,010   1,529,438   549,229
    Impairment of goodwill 22,098,675 - -
    Impairment of intangible assets   11,895,837   -   -
    Depreciation expense   2,361,378   1,424,793   837,484
             Operating income (loss)   (34,988,948)   10,533,401   9,458,586
    Interest expense   (3,609,655)   (4,308,502)   (3,463,677)
    Derivative benefit (expense)   9,997,201   (7,055,502)   (3,256,372)
    Other income expense   203,229   457,250   170,568
             Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   (28,398,173)   (373,353)   2,909,105
    Benefit (provision) for income taxes   2,930,928   (5,110,651)   (4,410,587)
    Loss from continuing operations   (25,467,245)   (5,484,004)   (1,501,482)
    Discontinued operations:            
             Income (loss) from discontinued operations (less applicable income tax expense (benefit) of $91,130 and ($184,972))    (336,465)    144,626    -
             Loss on disposal of discontinued operations (less applicable income tax benefit of $1,112,918)   (1,670,721)      -
    Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax   (2,007,186)   144,626   -
             Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   (27,474,431)   (5,339,378)   (1,501,482)
             Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle (net of tax of $661,283 )   991,925   -   -
             Net loss   $(26,482,506)   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
    Basic loss per common share:            
             Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   $(0.39)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
             Loss from discontinued operations   $(0.03)   $-   $-
             Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $ 0.01 $- $-
             Net loss $(0.41) $(0.10) $(0.05)
    Diluted loss per common share:            
             Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   $(0.39)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
             Loss from discontinued operations   $(0.03)   $-   $-
             Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.01 $- $-
             Net loss $(0.41) $(0.10) $(0.05)
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding   64,600,427   51,316,562   32,923,211
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding   64,600,427   51,316,562   32,923,211
     
    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-5


    PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
                2004
        2006   2005   (As restated)
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
             Net loss   $(26,482,506)   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
             Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax   2,007,186   (144,626)   -
             Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   (991,925)     -     -
             Loss from continuing operations   (25,467,245)   (5,484,004)   (1,501,482)
             Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:            
                   Depreciation and amortization   4,624,388   2,954,231   1,386,713
                   Impairment of goodwill   22,098,675   -   -
                   Impairment of intangible assets 11,895,837 - -
                   Non-cash compensation   (7,975,675)   2,382,259   356,590
                   Loss on disposal of property and equipment   -   88,651   -
                   Amortization of debt discount   2,176,744   1,383,324   1,805,846
                   Amortization of deferred financing costs   -   (475,717)    
                   Stock issued for interest payments   325,407   991,146   383,053
                   Mark to market derivatives   (9,997,201)   7,055,502   3,256,372
                   Deferred income taxes   2,798,441   1,113,566   748,623
                   Non-cash transactions   (835)   28,143   30,415
                   Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired:            
                       Accounts receivable   2,540,808   (1,999,704)   (5,332,692)
                       Deposits and prepaid expenses   566,252   (786,312)   (448,695)
                       Other assets   374,347   -  
                       Income tax payable   (6,778,636)   (723,764)   3,794,566
                       Accounts payable and accrued expenses   2,297,359   2,083,422   (360,283)
                                 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from continuing operations   (521,334)   8,610,743   4,119,026
                                 Net cash used in operating activities attributable to discontinued operations   (292,529)   562,354   -
                                 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   (813,863)   9,173,097   4,119,026
    Cash flows from investing activities:            
                   Purchase of property and equipment   (962,040)   (1,773,763)   (1,018,597)
                   Cash paid for contingent consideration   (9,295,681)   (7,510,966)   (3,108,888)
                   Cash received from disposition   1,400,000   -   -
                   Cash used for contract rights   -   (202,291)   (2,253,215)
                   Cash used for acquisitions   (9,982,213)   (27,172,913)   (12,297,753)
                   Cash from acquisitions   77,754   39,409   270,570
                               Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations   (18,762,180)   (36,620,524)   (18,407,883)
                               Net cash provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operations   250,128   146,366   -
                               Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities   (18,512,052)   (36,474,158)   (18,407,883)
    Cash flows from financing activities:            
                   Proceeds from issuance of convertible debentures, net of offering costs   3,000,000   -   12,382,315
                   Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of capital offering costs   4,090,707   5,964,013   15,500,446
                   Payments of capital lease obligations   (1,619,889)   (1,362,280)   (686,734)
                   Payment of convertible debentures   -   -   (885,000)
                   Notes receivable from employees   -   (201,353)   -
                   Due from/to stockholders   -   -   (34,907)
                   Net proceeds from (payments on) notes payable   (3,889,012)   27,117,839   810,910
                               Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations   1,581,806   31,518,219   25,465,930
                               Net cash used in financing activities attributed to discontinued operations   (981,438)   (604,833)   -
                               Net cash provided by financing activities   600,368    30,913,386   25,465,930
                               Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (18,725,547)   3,612,325   11,177,073
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year includes cash of discontinued operations: 2006, $205,386   22,713,166   19,100,840   7,923,767
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of year includes cash of discontinued operations: 2006, $389,905; 2005, $205,386   $3,987,619   $22,713,166   $19,100,840
    Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:            

    F-6


    Cash paid during the year for interest   $4,672,705   $2,499,181   $ 1,207,049
    Cash paid during the year for income taxes   2,841,073   2,895,752   -
    Non-cash investing and financing transactions:            
               Accrued compensation expense recharacterized as equity 9,166,874 - -
               Common stock issued for acquisitions   9,624,459   25,701,467   7,846,712
               Common stock issued for contract right purchases   --   -   1,097,333
               Common stock issued for convertible debentures   --   15,735,237   1,650,948
               Common stock issued for contingent consideration   8,914,004   7,689,464   2,978,770
               Common stock issued for derivative conversions   3,486,632   -   -
               Common stock issued for financing costs   980,000   -   -
               Common stock issued for common stock payable 5,405,601 - -
               Acquisition consideration payable   4,026,209   8,011,567   17,900,833
               Equipment financed with capital lease obligations   436,536   2,355,578   928,756
               Due from stockholder 427,553 - -
                                                                                   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.    

    F-7


    PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
    For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
                         
        Common Stock               
        Shares   Amount    Additional
    Paid in
    Capital
      Accumulated
    Deficit
     
      Accumulated
    Other
    Comprehensive
    Income
      Total
    Stockholders’
    Equity
    Balances at December 31, 2003 (as restated)   26,882,597   $2,688   $24,148,870   $(12,142,229)   $961   $ 12,010,290
    Common stock issued for earn-outs   1,064,251   107   2,978,663       2,978,770
    Common stock issued for contract rights   401,617   40   1,097,293       1,097,333
    Common stock issued for exercise of warrants   534,466   53   343,067       343,120
    Common stock issued for exercise of stock options   312,673   31   71,031       71,062
    Common stock issued for acquisitions   2,667,747   267   7,846,445       7,846,712
    Common stock issued for conversion of convertible debenture   530,000   53   1,650,895       1,650,948
    Common stock issued for debenture interest payments   154,482   15   383,053       383,068
    Common stock issued for secondary offering   8,965,000   897   15,085,366       15,086,263
    Common stock options issued for non employee consulting fees       219,829       219,829
    Adjustment for fair value of warrants       1,715,175       1,715,175
    Components of comprehensive income (loss):                        
     Translation adjustment           30,415   30,415
     Net loss               (1,501,482)     (1,501,482)
     Comprehensive loss             (1,471,067)
    Balances at December 31, 2004 (as restated)   41,512,833   $4,151   $55,539,687   (13,643,711)   $31,376   $ 41,931,503
    Common stock issued for earn-outs   2,026,592   203   7,689,261       7,689,464
    Common stock issued for exercise of warrants   400,316   40   474,672       474,712
    Common stock issued for exercise of stock options   674,975   67   83,633       83,700
    Common stock issued as restricted shares   18,860   2   11,890       11,892
    Common stock issued for acquisitions   7,279,835   727   25,700,740       25,701,467
    Common stock issued for conversion of convertible debt   3,626,167   364   15,734,873       15,735,237
    Common debenture stock issued for debenture interest   283,448   28   991,118       991,146
    Common stock options issued for non employee       27,471       27,471
    Components of comprehensive income (loss):                        
     Translation adjustment           16,251   16,251
     Net loss         (5,339,378)     (5,339,378)
     Comprehensive loss             (5,323,127)
    Balances at December 31, 2005   55,823,026   $5,582   $106,253,345   $(18,983,089)   $47,627   $ 87,323,465
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal           (1,653,208)           (1,653,208)
    Common stock issued for earn-outs   3,510,738   350   8,913,654           8,914,004
    Common stock issued for private placement   3,305,033   331   9,495,977           9,496,308
    Common stock issued for financing costs   500,000   50   979,950           980,000
    Common stock issued for warrant conversions   1,310,000   131   3,486,501           3,486,632
    Common stock issued for acquisitions   2,719,803   272   9,624,187           9,624,459
    Common stock issued for debenture interest   159,153   17   297,265           297,282
    Accrued compensation expense recharacterized as equity           9,166,874           9,166,874
    Common stock options issued for debenture interest 28,125 28,125
    Common stock received from divesture   (1,035,032)   (104)   (3,829,514)           (3,829,618)
    Components of comprehensive income (loss):                        
     Translation adjustment                   (835)   (835)
     Net loss               (26,482,506)       (26,482,506)
     Comprehensive loss                       (26,483,341)
    Balances at December 31, 2006   66,292,721   $6,629   $142,763,156   $(45,465,595)   $46,792   $ 97,350,982
    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-8


    PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    (1) Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    History of the Company

         PainCare Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) was initially incorporated in the State of Connecticut in May, 1984 under the name of HelpMate Robotics, Inc. ("HelpMate"). Prior to the sale of its business in December 1999, HelpMate was primarily engaged in the design, manufacture, and sale of HelpMate's flagship product, the HelpMate courier system, a trackless robotic courier used primarily in the health care industry to transport materials. On December 30, 1999, HelpMate sold substantially all of its assets to Pyxis Corporation ("Pyxis").

         Following the sale to Pyxis in December 1999, HelpMate’s business plan was to effect a business combination with an operating business, which HelpMate believed to have the potential to increase stockholder value.

         On December 20, 2001, HelpMate entered in an Agreement and Plan of Merger with PainCare, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Merger Agreement”), which was consummated on July 17, 2002 (the “Merger”). Pursuant to the Merger, PainCare, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of HelpMate. In connection with the Merger, the stockholders of PainCare, Inc. received voting common stock of HelpMate.

    History of PainCare, Inc.

         PainCare, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Nevada on February 19, 1997, under the name of Hi-Profile Corporation. PainCare, Inc. was reorganized in the fall of 2000 for the purpose of establishing a North American network of pain management, minimally invasive surgery and orthopedic rehabilitation centers.

         On July 17, 2002 PainCare, Inc. consummated a Merger with HelpMate, as described below. PainCare, Inc. had approximately 128 stockholders of record prior to the Merger with HelpMate. As of December 31, 2006, the combined Company has approximately 8,597 stockholders of record.

    The Merger

         As indicated above, on December 20, 2001, HelpMate Robotics, Inc. entered into a Merger Agreement with PainCare, Inc. whereby a wholly-owned subsidiary of HelpMate, formed for the purpose of the Merger, merged into PainCare, Inc. and PainCare, Inc. became a subsidiary of HelpMate. The stockholders of PainCare, Inc. received voting common stock of HelpMate. In connection with the Merger, the companies filed a Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission which was effective on July 12, 2002. Immediately thereafter, a Certificate of Merger was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut and Articles of Merger were filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada. The Merger became effective on July 17, 2002.

         The Merger was accounted for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. No goodwill or intangibles were recorded because the merger was essentially a recapitalization transaction and was accounted for in a manner similar to a reverse acquisition, identifying PainCare, Inc. as the accounting acquirer.

         Holders of PainCare, Inc. common stock received shares of HelpMate common stock at a conversion rate of one share of HelpMate common stock for each one share of PainCare, Inc. common stock surrendered. As of the date the Merger was consummated, there were 7,555,357 shares of PainCare’s common stock issued and outstanding. Holders of

    F-9


    PainCare, Inc. options, warrants and other derivatives have the right to exercise those derivatives for HelpMate’s common stock.

         HelpMate had 900,122 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of the Merger. There were no other shares of HelpMate capital stock or derivatives issued or outstanding.

         In summary, PainCare, Inc. security holders received an aggregate of 11,789,816 shares of HelpMate common stock in the merger, or approximately 93% of the issued and outstanding shares of HelpMate common stock, assuming the exercise or conversion of all issued and outstanding PainCare, Inc. stock options, warrants and convertible notes.

         On November 8, 2002, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation for the purpose of changing the name of the Company from HelpMate Robotics, Inc. to PainCare Holdings, Inc. This name change reflects the revised strategic vision and marketing strategy of the Company. In conjunction with the Company name change, the trading symbol for the Company’s common stock changed from “HMRB” to “PANC” in December 2002 and on November 8, 2002, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved a proposal to change the Company’s state of incorporation from Connecticut to Florida. On June 16, 2003, the Company’s stock symbol was changed to “PRZ.”

    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Principles of Consolidation

         The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company also consolidates PSHS Alpha Partners as it has a 67.5% ownership interest in this entity, and it consolidates PSHS Beta Partners as it has a 73% ownership interest. The other parties’ interest in these entities are reported as minority interests in the consolidated financial statements; however, these two entities are now included in discontinued operations. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

         The Company operates thirteen practices in states with laws governing the corporate practice of medicine where a corporation is precluded from owning the medical assets and practicing medicine. Therefore, contractual arrangements are effected to allow the Company to manage the practice. Emerging Issues Task Force No. 97-2 (“EITF No. 97-2”) states that consolidation can occur when a physician practice management entity establishes an other than temporary controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual arrangements. All but one of the management services agreements between the Company and the physician satisfies all of the criteria of EITF No. 97-2. The Company includes revenue with respect to these practices in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with EITF No. 97-2.

    Property and Equipment

         Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease, including renewal periods when appropriate, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for betterments and major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. The carrying amounts of assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated in the year of disposal and the resulting gains and losses are included in other income or expense. The useful lives of operating equipment range from five to ten years, and the depreciation period for leasehold improvements ranges from three to ten years.

    Advertising Costs

    Advertising expenditures relating to marketing efforts consisting primarily of marketing material, brochure

    F-10


    preparation, printing and trade show expenses are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $1,816,794, $1,478,285, and $866,557 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

    Income Taxes

         The Company records income taxes using the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of its assets and liabilities. The Company estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets.

         The recording of a net deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future, otherwise a valuation allowance must be recorded to reduce this asset to its net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and, if necessary, ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income in the period such determination is made. The Company has not recorded any valuation allowances as of December 31, 2006 or 2005. The Company anticipates that it will generate sufficient pretax income in the future to realize its deferred tax assets.

    Fair Value Disclosures

         The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, deposits, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate the respective fair values of these instruments due to their current nature.

         The carrying value of acquisition consideration payable consists of the value of cash and Company stock to be paid per contractual obligations and approximates fair value due to the current nature of the cash obligation and the stock which is recorded at fair value.

         The fair values of debt instruments for disclosure purposes only are estimated based upon the present value of the estimated cash flows at interest rates applicable to similar instruments.

         The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features that are indexed to the Company’s common stock, are classified as liabilities when either (a) the holder possesses rights to net-cash settlement or (b) physical or net-share settlement is not within the control of the Company. In such instances, net-cash settlement is assumed for financial accounting and reporting, even when the terms of the underlying contracts do not provide for net-cash settlement. Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.

    Concentration of Credit Risk

         Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts with high quality, credit-worthy financial institutions. Funds with these institutions exceeded the federally-insured limits by approximately $1,533,339 on December 31, 2006.

         Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company controls credit risk associated with its receivables through pre-approvals with

    F-11


    insurance providers. Generally, the Company requires no collateral from its customers.

    Use of Estimates

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, contractual allowances and uncollectible accounts, intangible assets, accrued liabilities, derivative liabilities, income taxes, litigation and contingencies. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for judgments about results and the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results and values may differ significantly from these estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

         All short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents denominated in Canadian dollars that translate to U.S. dollar amounts of approximately $129,994 and $147,239 respectively.

         The Company also has a qualified cash requirement from the HBK Investments credit facility. This requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated balance of $2,000,000 in cash and cash equivalents at all times.

    Preferred Stock

         The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, but not to exceed one vote per share, or without voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as shall be fixed and determined in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

    Comprehensive Income (Loss)

         As reflected in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income is a measure of net income (loss) and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than with stockholders. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive losses for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $(26,483,341), $(5,323,127) and $(1,471,067), respectively.

    Foreign Currency

         The Company operates a subsidiary in Canada, which is subject to different monetary, economic and regulatory risks than its domestic operations. The subsidiary uses a functional currency other than U.S. dollars, and the balance sheet accounts are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. The foreign entity’s revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates that prevailed during the reporting period. The resulting net translation gains and losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Exchange gains and losses on transactions and equity investments denominated in a currency other than their functional currency are included in results of operations as incurred.

    Deferred Financing Costs

    F-12


         Deferred financing costs related to the Company’s various credit facilities are amortized over the related terms of the debt using the effective interest method. Net deferred financing costs were $2,536,302 and $1,688,431 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as a reduction to the liability as reflected in Note 9 “Notes Payable” and Note 10 “Convertible Debentures.”

    Revenue Recognition

         Revenue consists of net patient fee-for-service revenue. Net patient fee-for-service revenue is recognized when services are rendered. Net patient service revenue is recorded net of contractual adjustments and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Allowances for contractual adjustments and bad debts are provided for accounts receivable based on estimated collection rates. The Company estimates contractual allowances based on the patient mix at each location, the impact of contract pricing and historical collection information. As of December 31, 2006, the Company does not maintain any unbilled accounts receivable balance within the consolidated financial statements presented within this report.

         Substantially all of the accounts receivable are due under fee-for-service contracts from third party payers, such as insurance companies and government-sponsored healthcare programs or directly from patients. Services are generally provided pursuant to contracts with healthcare providers or directly to patients. Accounts receivable for services rendered have been recorded at their established charges and reduced by the estimated contractual adjustments and bad debts. Contractual adjustments result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed and reimbursements by government-sponsored healthcare programs and insurance companies. Receivables generally are collected within industry norms for third-party payors. The Company continuously monitors collections from its customers and maintains an allowance for bad debts based upon any specific payor collection issues that have been identified, the historical collection experience including each practice’s experiences, and the aging of patient accounts receivable balances. The Company is not aware of any claims, disputes or unsettled matters with third-party payors which could have a material effect on the financial statements. The Company either uses in-house billing or local billing companies in each location it operates. Therefore, the Company analyzes its accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts on a site-by-site basis as opposed to a company-wide basis. This allows the Company to be more detailed and more accurate with its collection estimates. While such credit losses have historically been within expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate credit losses in the future could have a material adverse impact on operating results.

         The estimated contractual allowance rates for each facility are reviewed periodically. The Company adjusts the contractual allowance rates, as changes to the factors discussed above become known. As these factors change, the historical collection experience is revised accordingly in the period known. These allowances are reviewed periodically and adjusted based on historical payment rates. During the second half of 2006, we performed an analysis of our historical cash collections and adjusted the current collection percentages on several practices. This resulted in a $4.2 million write off of net receivables.

    Changes in contractual allowances for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

        For the Year Ended
        December 31,
        2006   2005
    Balance at beginning of year (including balances from purchased business combinations)   $30,658,843   $ 14,788,745
    Increase for contractual allowance   87,951,661   40,263,885
    Decrease to the contractual allowance for the current year   (98,735,556)   (24,393,787)
    Balance at end of year   $19,874,948   $ 30,658,843
     
    A summary of the activity in the allowance for uncollectible accounts is as follows:        

    F-13


         For the Year Ended
        December 31,
        2006   2005
    Balance, beginning of year   $1,763,777   $ 335,459
    Additions charged to provision for bad debts   3,529,695   2,788,601
    Accounts receivable written off (net of recoveries)   (3,058,387)   (1,360,283)
    Balance, end of year   $2,235,085   $ 1,763,777

    The Company's payor mix and aging table from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

        Balance on                
        December 31,                
    Financial Class   2006   Current   31-60 Days   61-90 Days   91 + Days
    Private Insurance   $7,147,195   $1,928,021   $1,268,546   $659,248   $3,291,380
    Self-Pay   339,184   91,498   60,201   31,286   156,199
    Workers-Comp   2,145,160   578,676   380,742   197,867   987,875
    Government   3,464,006   934,447   614,822   319,515   1,595,222
    Other   1,562,845   421,592   277,387   144,155   719,711
    Total   14,658,390   3,954,234   2,601,698   1,352,071   6,750,387
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   2,235,085   105,726   127,230   128,974   1,873,155
    Net realizable value   $12,423,305   $3,848,508   $2,474,468   $1,223,097   $4,877,232

                Required balance
            Percentage estimated   in allowance for
            for allowance for   doubtful
    Aging Category   Amount   doubtful accounts   accounts
    Current   $3,954,234   2.7%   $105,726
    31-60 days   2,601,699   4.9%   127,230
    61-90 days   1,352,071   9.5%   128,974
    Over 91 days   6,750,387   27.7%   1,873,155
                 Year end balance of allowance for doubtful accounts           $2,235,085

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

         The value of goodwill is stated at the lower of cost or fair value. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $89.4 million and $97.5 million, respectively, of remaining recorded goodwill related to acquiring physician practices and surgery centers. These goodwill balances are net of any impairment charges. For additional information, refer to Note 7 “Goodwill.”

         The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS 142"), as of January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and other intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are no longer amortized as expenses of operations, but rather carried on the balance sheet as permanent assets.

    F-14


         The Company evaluates goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Goodwill is allocated to the Company's individual practices. Impairment of goodwill is tested at the practice level by comparing the practices’ net carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the practice. The fair values of the practices are estimated using a combination of the income or discounted cash flows approach. If the carrying amount of the practice exceeds its fair value, goodwill is potentially impaired and a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair value of each of the Company’s practices exceeded their individual carrying values and, consequently, no impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 except for the following: during 2006, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $7,030,175, $3,996,781, $679,160, $464,810, $3,436,436 and $6,491,313 for The Centeno Clinic, Associated Pain Physicians, Desert Pain and Colorado Pain Specialists Georgia Pain Physicians and Health Care Center of Tampa, respectively. An additional impairment charge of $2,297,013 was recorded as part of discontinued operations for the CPM-ASC surgery center.

         Other intangible assets primarily consist of patient referral networks acquired in conjunction with our physician and surgery center acquisitions, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from seven to twelve years.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For any amount of those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The requirements of FIN 48 are effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is evaluating the impact of FIN 48 and does not believe there will be an impact during the first quarter of 2007.

         In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS No. 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the disclosures related to fair value measurements that are included in a company’s financial statements. SFAS No. 157 does not expand the use of fair value measurements in financial statements, but emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and not an entity-specific measurement that should be based on an exchange transaction in which a company sells an asset or transfers a liability (exit price). SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy in which observable market data would be considered the highest level, while fair value measurements based on an entity’s own assumptions would be considered the lowest level. For calendar year companies like the Company, SFAS No. 157 is effective beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

         In November 2006, the FASB approved EITF 06-06, "Debtor's Accounting for a Modification (or Exchange) of Conxertible Debt Instruments." which modifies EITF 96-19 to require and change in the value of an embedded conversion feature of a modified debt to be tested in a separate calculation. Early adoption of EITF 06-06 is permitted, and the Company has elected early adoption and applied the provisions of EITF 06-06 to record the results of the December 2006 refinancing of its subordinated convertible notes.

         In December 2006, the FASB approved EITF 00-19-2, "Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements." which establishes the standard that contingent obligations to make future payments under a registration rights arrangement shall be recognized and measured separately in accordance with Statement 5 and FASB Interpretation No. 14, Reasonable

    F-15


    Estimation of the Amount of a Loss. Early adoption of EITF 00-19-2 is permitted, and the Company has elected such early adoption.

    Share-Based Payments

         In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supercedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related Interpretations. On March 25, 2005, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 107, which summarized the staff’s views regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations and provided additional guidance regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the employee’s requisite service period. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application method and applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). Under the modified prospective transition method, the Company is required to recognize compensation cost for all stock option awards granted after January 1, 2006 and for all existing awards for which the requisite service had not been rendered as of the date of adoption. Compensation expense for the unvested awards outstanding as of January 1, 2006 is recognized over the remaining requisite service period based on the fair value of the awards on the date of grant, as previously calculated by the Company in developing its pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company elected to continue to value its share-based payment transactions using a Black-Scholes valuation model, which was previously used by the Company for purposes of preparing the pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123.

         Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the portion of the share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. In the Company’s pro forma information required under SFAS No. 123, forfeitures were accounted for as they occurred. Compensation expense for stock option awards granted after January 1, 2006 are expensed using a straight-line single option method, which is the same attribution method that was used by the Company for purposes of its pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123.

         The adoption of SFAS 123(R) also affected the computation of earnings per share, accounting for income taxes and the reporting of cash flows related to share-based compensation. For stock options that were fully or partially vested as of January 1, 2006, the Company, for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, uses the actual tax benefit windfall or shortfall that would be recognized in the financial statements upon exercise of the option in computing the assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method.

    Stock-based compensation expense recognized for year ended December 31, 2006 was as follows:

    Compensation benefit related to stock options issued   $ 7,975,675
    Income tax expense   1,827,702 
    Compensation expense, net of tax   $ 6,147,973

         Prior to adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recorded estimated compensation cost for employee stock options based upon the intrinsic value of the option on the date of grant consistent with the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25. As further described in Note 2, the Company originally recorded stock options granted to employees as a fixed plan under the provisions of APB 25. However, the fixed plan accounting was inappropriate in the circumstances, as the terms of the plan required variable accounting pursuant to APB 25. The following information in the footnote, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 has been restated to correct the accounting treatment.

    F-16


         The following table illustrates the effects on net income and earnings per share had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to its stock-based employee compensation plans for the years ended December 31:

        2005   2004
    Net loss, as reported   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
    Stock-based employee compensation included in reported net loss, net of tax   901,904   87,736
    Stock-based employee compensation expense as determined under the fair value        
    method for all awards, net of tax   (837,183)   (925,307)
    Net loss, pro forma   $(5,274,657)   $(2,339,053)
    Loss per common share:        
    Basic – as reported   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
    Basic – pro forma   $(0.10)   $(0.07)
    Diluted – as reported   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
    Diluted – pro forma   $(0.10)   $(0.07)

         The fair value of each employee stock option included in the table above was computed as follows: the weighted average fair value of options and warrants granted to employees were estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model for employees and non-employee options with the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The Company currently estimates volatility using the historical volatility of the share price over the expected term. The expected term and historical volatility computations are derived from Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 (SAB 107). The Company does not believe implied volatility is expected to differ significantly from the past since we are still in a growth stage. Therefore, we believe the historical volatility computation is appropriate. The expected term is based on the simplified method as outlined in SAB 107. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The Company does not pay any dividends.

        2006   2005   2004
    Risk-free interest rate   4.84%   3.98%   4.50%
    Expected life   2.76 years   2.73 years   5 .00years
    Volatility   66.10%   48.90%   50.0%
    Dividend yield   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%

         The same assumptions were used to compute the fair value of non-employee options. The amount of non-employee consulting expense recorded as a result of share-based payment in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 totaled $0, $27,471, and $219,829, respectively. The net tax benefit of non-employee option exercises is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid in capital.

    Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle

         Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle was $991,925 and $0, net of tax, for 2006 and 2005, respectively, and resulted from the change in accounting principle from APB No. 25 to SFAS 123R. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle resulted from the requirement of SFAS 123R to reduce the amount of stock-based compensation expense by an estimated forfeiture rate or, in other words, the estimated number of shares that are not expected to vest as a result of an employee terminating prior to becoming fully vested in an award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we did not reduce stock-based compensation expense based on an estimated forfeiture rate but rather recorded an adjustment to stock-based compensation as actual forfeitures occurred. Additionally, at adoption the company previously recorded the options mark to market at intrinsic value. FAS 123R requires these to be recorded at fair value.

    F-17


    The options were revalued on January 1, 2006 using the Company’s fair value methodologies and the difference is recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is generally one time in nature and not expected to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis.

    (2) Liquidity

    Current situation - March 2007

         As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a working capital deficit from continuing operations of $36,409,570, including $3,597,714 of cash and cash equivalents. During 2006, the Company sold 3,305,033 shares of common stock, raising net proceeds of $9,496,308. The Company’s cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $(521,334), $8,577,513 and $4,119,026, respectively for continuing operations.

         The Company expects to utilize it's available cash and cash equivalents to fund its operating activities. We have significantly curtailed our acquisition model and have a plan to reduce expenses prospectively. The Company is continuing to pursue fund-raising possibilities through either the sale of its securities, debt financing or asset dispositions.  In addition, the Company has a debt default forebearance that expires on March 31, 2007, and it has substantial debt maturing April 3, 2007. The debt holders have certain specific recourse options against the Company should a default occur, and these actions would materially adversely impact operations. If the Company is unable to secure additional financing on reasonable terms, or if the level of cash and cash equivalents falls below anticipated levels, it is uncertain if the Company will have the ability to continue it's operations as a going concern beyond the second quarter of 2007. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern.

         Selling securities to satisfy its capital requirements may have the effect of materially diluting the current holders of the Company’s outstanding stock. The Company may also seek additional funding through other financing vehicles. There can be no assurances that such funding will be available at all or on terms acceptable to the Company.

         On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006, and November 8, 2006, we entered into letter agreements (the "Waiver Letters") with HBK Investments L.P. (the "Agent"), HBK Master Fund L.P., ("HBK-MF") and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. ("Del Mar," and together with HBK-MF the "Lenders") pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders waived certain of our breaches of the terms of the loan and security agreement entered into by the parties on May 11, 2005, as amended (the "Loan Agreement"). In consideration of the entry by the Agent and the Lenders into the Waiver Letters, we paid fees to the Lenders in the amount of $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000, respectively.

         The August 9, 2006, Waiver Letter required us to cause the financial covenants in Section 7.18 of the Loan Agreement to be amended on or before October 15, 2006, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders. On October 13, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the October 15, 2006 deadline until November 15, 2006. On November 8, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the November 15, 2006 deadline until December 1, 2006.

         On January 1, 2007, we entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the "Forbearance Agreement") with the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement with respect to certain specified events of default under the Loan Agreement that had either occurred or that were thought to likely occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, we agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of (i) $277,500 at closing, plus, (ii) upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement (the "Obligations"), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, and (ii) $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the Obligations have been repaid in full.

         Since our entry in to the Forbearance Agreement we have failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, and may have additionally violated certain terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement. As a result, the Agent and the Lenders may have certain rights under the Forbearance Agreement and the Loan Agreement including, but not limited to, taking control of one or more of our operating subsidiaries and/or other company assets, which, if exercised, would materially adversely impact our operations.

    F-18


         On March 21, 2007, the Agent provided the Company with notice that the Agent would be charging interest at the default rate until all existing events of default have been waived in accordance with the loan agreement. The default rate is LIBOR plus 10.25% or approximately 15.57% as of March 21, 2007.

    HBK Notice of Default

        On March 21, 2007 PainCare Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") received a notice of default (the "HBK Notice") from HBK Investments L.P. (the "Agent") with respect to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated May 11, 2005, as amended (the "Loan Agreement"), entered into by the Company, the Company's subsidiaries, the Agent, HBK Master Fund L.P., ("HBK-MF") and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. ("Del Mar," and together with HBK-MF the "Lenders").

         The HBK Notice further provides that (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable.

    CPM Notice of Default

         On March 15, 2007, the Company received a notice of breach and default (the "CPM Notice") from The Center for Pain Management, LLC ("CPM") with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "APA") entered into by the Company, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the "Members").

        The CPM Notice further provides that unless the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice are cured by the Company, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "Pledge Agreement") entered into by the Company and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary.

    Convertible Debentures

         Pursuant to certain convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP, the Company is currently in technical default because the Company is in default with its primary lender.  As of March 28, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

    Financial restructuring plan and working capital needs

         The Company plans to sell three surgery centers to raise funds for the purpose of restructuring our debt obligations. The proceeds would be used to either pay in full or a substantial portion of the $27.8 million of debt with the lenders. Also, the funds would be used to pay the amount due under the promissory note to the original sellers of the Center for Pain Management Ambulatory Surgery Center (CPMASC) of approximately $7.8 million.

         The objective is to substantially reduce the debt outstanding by using the proceeds of the sale of the surgery center division. There may be an additional amount raised through the issuance of common stock or convertible debentures. These proceeds would primarily be used for working capital needs. The Company would have a significantly reduced debt load if the plan is executed. Currently, the Company is in negotiations with lenders to refinance and or settle the debt obligations.

         The Company’s working capital needs for 2007 are primarily for paying contingent cash payments for the previously closed acquisitions as their individual earnings requirements are met. For 2007 the Company may have up to $6.5 million of cash outflow requirements for these contingent payments. The Company also expects to receive a total of approximately $4 million as a tax refund by the third or fourth quarter of 2007, which will also be used for working capital needs.

    (3)Restatement and Reclassifications of Previously Issued Financial Statements

         As more fully described in the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000 through 2004 have been restated to give effect to the correction of certain errors that were discovered subsequent to December 31, 2005. All quarterly financial information for each of these years have also been restated to give effect to the correction of these errors. A discussion of each of the corrections is made in Note 2 to the financial statements included in the 2005 Form 10-K, as amended.

         The Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2006 have been restated to give effect to the correction of certain errors that were discovered subsequent to September 30, 2006. These errors all pertain to the adoption of FAS 123(R).

         During the first three quarters of 2006 ending on March 31, June 30, and September 30, the Company incorrectly accounted for its stock based compensation under the provisions of FAS 123(R). The Company’s plan was a liability plan at the adoption date of January 1, 2006 of FAS 123(R). The adoption of 123(R) required the Company to continue to record the options granted prior to January 1, 2006 as liability awards until there was a modification permitting equity treatment. Through December 31, 2006, the Company was treating its employee option plan as a variable plan because the plan permitted the optionee to exercise their options under a cashless exercise provision. This provision caused liability treatment because the Company was deemed to be unable to issue shares under EITF 00-19 should an employee elect that method of exercise. EITF 00-19 applied in this situation because it was part of the Company's overall accounting for derivatives. The Company should have accounted for the stock option plan as a liability plan for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.

         On May 4, 2006, the Company modified the convertible debenture agreements that created the derivatives under EITF 00-19. This modification no longer made the Company subject to EITF 00-19 since we could net share settle option exercises. This modification changed the accounting of the option plan to an equity plan under FAS 123(R).

         On May 25, 2006 the Company also made material modification to three officers' option awards so that they becam fully vested on that date. This caused the Company to record to non cash compensation expense an additional $1,225,000 for fully vesting those options.

         The provisions of FAS 123(R) require the options granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 to be recorded at the fair value and to be recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period. The Company correctly recorded these options as an equity grant.

    F-19


    Please see the table below for the effect on each account for each quarter:

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the period ending March 31, 2006:

    Line item   Original Balance   Adjustment   Ending Balance
    Deferred taxes, current   850,878   28,786   879,664
    Deferred taxes, noncurrent   617,918   (4,432,128)   (3,814,210)
    Accrued compensation expense   17,142,549   (10,283,593)   6,858,956
    Income tax payable   2,472,329   (214,951)   2,257,378
    Additional paid in capital   132,047,810   (234,065)   131,813,745
    Accumulated deficit   (7,094,990)   6,329,267   (765,723)

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period ending March 31, 2006:


    Line item   Original Balance       Adjustment     Ending Balance
    General and administrative expense   $12,606,803   $(8,864,450)   $3,742,353
    Provision for income taxes   1,188,607   3,527,108   4,715,715
    Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   11,888,099   5,337,342   17,225,441
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   -   991,925   991,925
    Net income   11,888,099   6,329,267   18,217,366
    Basic earnings per share:
         Before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $    0.19        - $       0.28
         Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $          -        - $       0.02
         After a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $    0.19        - $       .030
    Diluted earnings per share:
         Before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $    0.17        - $       0.24
         Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $          -        - $       0.01
         After a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $    0.17        - $       0.25
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 61,598,932 - 61,598,932
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 71,654,327 - 71,654,327

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the three months ending June 30, 2006:

    Line item   Original Balance  

    Adjustments

      Ending Balance
    Deferred taxes, current   $ 1,042,033   $           -   $ 1,042,033
    Deferred taxes, noncurrent   -   2,325,224   2,325,224
    Accrued compensation expense   17,142,549   (17,142,549)   -
    Income tax payable   1,420,409   1,992,930   3,413,339
    Additional paid in capital   137,719,608   6,238,788   143,958,396
    Accumulated deficit   (7,901,081)   6,585,607   (1,315,474)

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Statement of Operations for the three months ending June 30, 2006:





     


    F-20


     

    Line item      Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance
    General and administrative expense   $15,455,145   $(386,103)   $15,069,042
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes   315,717   129,763   445,480
    Net income (loss)       (806,091)   256,340   (549,751)
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share                $      (0.01)                             -   $       (0.01)
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $      (0.01)                -   $       (0.01)
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the six months ending June 30, 2006:

    Line item      Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance
    General and administrative expense   $28,061,948   $(9,250,553)   $18,811,395
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes   1,504,324   3,656,871   5,161,195
    Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   11,082,008   5,593,682   16,675,690
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle - 991,925 991,925
    Net imcome (loss) 11,082,008 6,585,607 17,667,615
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share:                                              
         Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.18 - $0.26
        Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.00 - $0.02
        After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.17 - $0.18
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:                         
        Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.15 - $0.23
        Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.00 - $0.02
        After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.15 - $0.25
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619

     The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the period ending September 30, 2006:

    Line item   Original Balance   Adjustment   Ending Balance
    Deferred taxes, current   1,447,450   -   1,447,450
    Deferred taxes, noncurrent   (1,033,479)   (5,511,778)   (6,545,257)
    Accrued compensation expense   17,142,549   (17,142,549)   -
    Income tax payable   351,273   985,790   1,337,063
    Additional paid in capital   140,155,187   5,946,033   146,101,220
    Retained earnings   (10,124,589)   4,698,948   (5,425,641)

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ending September 30, 2006:

    Line item      Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance
    General and administrative expense   $13,871,940   $(292,577)   $13,579,185
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes   (483,924)   2,179,414   1,695,490
    Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   (2,223,508)   (1,886,659)   (4,110,167)
    Net income (loss) (2,223,508) (1,886,659) (4,110,167)
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share:           
        After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $(0.03) - $(0.06)
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:                         
        After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $(0.03) - $(0.06)
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619

    The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Statement of Operations for the nine months ending September 30, 2006:


    Line item      Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance
    General and administrative expense   $41,933,888   $(9,543,308)   $32,390,580
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes   1,020,400   5,836,285   6,856,685
    Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle   8,858,500   3,707,023   12,565,523
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle - 991,925 991,925
    Net imcome (loss) 8,858,500 4,698,948 13,557,448
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share:                                              
         Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.14 - $0.19
        Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.00 - $0.02
        After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.14 - $0.21
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:                         
        Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.14 - $0.19
        Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.00 - $0.02
        After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.14 - $0.21
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 64,482,619 - 64,482,619

    (4)Acquisitions

         The Company operates thirteen practices in states with laws governing the corporate practice of medicine. In those states, a corporation is precluded from owning the medical assets and practicing medicine. Therefore, contractual arrangements are effected to allow the Company to manage the practice. Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 97-2 (“EITF No. 97-2”) states that consolidation can occur when a physician practice management entity establishes an other than temporary controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual arrangements. All but one of the management services agreements between the Company and the physician satisfies all of the criteria of EITF No. 97-2. The Company includes revenue with respect to these practices in the consolidated financials in accordance with EITF No. 97-2.

         On April 13, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XVII, Inc. (PNAC XVII), and Colorado Pain Specialists, P.C. (CPS). The

    F-21


    Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of CPS by PNAC XVII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholders of CPS received 653,698 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $5.09 per share and $2,125,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owners of CPS may receive up to $4,250,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. CPS is a pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

         CPS was acquired on April 13, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of CPS’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 2,125,000
    Stock Consideration   3,327,805
    Acquisition Costs   623,861
    Deferred taxes   45,238
    Less:    
    Cash   27,311
    Accounts receivable   322,467
    Property and equipment   207,495
    Prepaid and deposits   7,555
    Intangible Assets   113,094
    Plus:    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   32,748
    Note payable   180,764
    Goodwill   $ 5,657,494

         On May 12, 2005, the Company closed a securities purchase pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Surgery Centers I, Inc. (PCSC I), and the partners of PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Lake Worth Surgical Center (LWSC). Dr. Merrill Reuter, Chairman of the Board of Directors, was a minority owner of this surgery center prior to the Company’s majority interest purchase and remains a minority owner following the Company’s majority interest purchase. The Securities Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 67.5% ownership of LWSC by PCSC I, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the majority interest purchase the partners of LWSC received 324,520 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $4.72 per share and $6,930,940 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. LWSC is a fully accredited ambulatory surgery center located in Lake Worth, Florida.

         Majority interest in LWSC was purchased on May 12, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of LWSC’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 6,685,388
    Stock Consideration   1,531,734
    Net Working Capital Adjustment   245,552
    Acquisition Costs   286,507
    Less:    
    Cash   100,401

    F-22


    Accounts receivable   2,090,919
    Property and equipment   651,837
    Prepaids and deposits   238,079
    Intangible Assets   208,573
    Plus:    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   240,767
    Lease payable   175,686
    Minority interests   866,054
    Goodwill   $ 6,741,879

         On August 1, 2005, the Company closed a securities purchase pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Surgery Centers II, Inc. (PCSC II), and the partners of PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Gables Surgical Center (GSC). The Securities Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 73% ownership of GSC by PCSC II, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the majority interest purchase the partners of GSC received 868,624 shares of common stock at $4.09 per share and $3,282,304 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former partners of GSC will receive the remaining balance of the purchase price in the form of promissory notes for $1,536,952 plus interest, due in August 2006. GSC is a fully accredited ambulatory surgery center located in Miami, Florida.

         Majority interest in GSC was purchased on August 1, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of GSC’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 3,282,304
    Promissory Notes   1,536,952
    Stock Consideration   3,552,668
    Net Working Capital Adjustment   440,259
    Acquisition Costs   287,901
    Less:    
    Cash   104,903
    Accounts receivable   1,048,627
    Property and equipment   370,388
    Inventory   139,375
    Prepaid and deposits   30,209
    Intangible Assets   285,733
    Deferred taxes   96,235
    Plus:    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   227,822
    Lease payable   182,596
    Minority interests   411,391
    Goodwill   $7,846,423

         Subsequent to the original purchase price allocation recorded at the year ending 2005, the Company adjusted the opening accounts receivable balance to reflect the amount actually collected. The adjustment to accounts receivable was a decrease of $1,146,855. The adjustment to the referral network and minority interest was a decrease of $48,255 and $309,652, respectively. The net

    F-23


    change to goodwill was a $788,948 increase.

         On August 9, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XVIII, Inc. (PNAC XVIII), and Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C. (PCSD). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of PCSD by PNAC XVIII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of PCSD received 263,400 shares of common stock of the Company at $4.26 per share and $1,000,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owner of PCSD may receive up to $2,000,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. PCSD is an orthopedic spine surgery physician practice located in Danville, Virginia.

         PCSD was acquired on August 9, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of PCSD’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 1,000,000
    Stock Consideration   1,122,086
    Acquisition Costs   203,176
    Deferred taxes   11,438
    Less:    
    Cash   200
    Accounts receivable   185,055
    Property and equipment   132,030
    Intangible Assets   28,596
    Plus:    
    Capital lease obligation   43,020
    Goodwill   $ 2,033,839

         On October 3, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XXIII, Inc. (PNAC XXIII), and Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C. (RING). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of RING by PNAC XXIII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of RING received 349,162 shares of common stock of the Company at $3.75 per share and $1,250,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owner of RING may receive up to $2,500,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. RING is a pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

         RING was acquired on October 3, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of Ring’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 1,250,000
    Stock Consideration   1,309,358
    Acquisition Costs   175,682
    Deferred taxes   41,671
    Less:    

    F-24


    Cash   10,000
    Accounts receivable   127,517
    Property and equipment   400
    Intangible assets   104,177
    Goodwill   $ 2,534,617

         On October 14, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (PNAC XXI), and Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. and Therapeutic Management, Inc., collectively doing business as The Centeno Clinic (CENTENO). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of CENTENO by PNAC XXI, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of CENTENO received 1,132,931 shares of common stock of the Company at $3.35 per share and $3,750,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owner of CENTENO may receive up to $7,500,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. CENTENO is a pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

         CENTENO was acquired on October 14, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of Centeno’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. This practice was sold in February 2007, see Note 21, Subsequent Events.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 3,750,000
    Stock Consideration   3,795,317
    Acquisition Costs   442,276
    Less:    
    Cash   1,898
    Property and equipment   200,000
    Prepaids and deposits   2,000
    Intangible Assets   87,397
    Plus:    
    Note payable   76,000
    Goodwill   $ 7,772,298

         During fiscal year 2005, the Company closed six acquisitions with physician practices and ambulatory surgery centers. The combined goodwill amount resulting from these six transactions is $31,797,602.

         On January 3, 2006, the Company closed an acquisition pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. (PCSC III), and the members of Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC (CPMASC). The Asset Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 100% ownership of CPMASC by PCSC III, a Florida corporation. In exchange for this acquisition the members of CPMASC received 1,021,942 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.44 per share and $3,750,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former members of CPMASC will receive the remaining balance of the purchase price in the form of a promissory note for $7,500,000 plus interest, due in January 2007. The note was extended until April 2007 with an additional $300,000 promissory note plus interest. CPMASC is a fully accredited ambulatory surgery center with four locations in Maryland. The members of CPMASC did have a prior relationship with the Company from the acquisition of Center for Pain Management, LLC in December 2004.

    CPMASC was purchased on January 3, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second

    F-25


    quarter of 2006, the purchase price was reduced by $376,788 due to a change in identifiable intangible assets and an addition of $150,715 for deferred taxes.

    Purchase price allocation:    
    Cash Consideration   $ 3,750,000
    Promissory Notes   7,500,000
    Stock Consideration   3,515,480
    Acquisition Costs   279,923
    Less:    
    Cash   477,845
    Accounts receivable   767,718
    Property and equipment   263,563
    Prepaid and deposits   80,035
    Other assets   47,459
    Imputed interest on notes payable   215,489
    Identifiable intangible assets   376,788
    Plus:    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   86,046
    Other liabilities   696,009
    Deferred taxes   150,715
    Goodwill   $ 13,749,276

         On January 6, 2006, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XXII, Inc. (PNAC XXII), and REC, Inc. and CareFirst Medical Associates, P.A. (REC/CMA). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of REC/CMA by PNAC XXII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholders of REC/CMA received 191,131 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.51 per share and $625,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former stockholders of REC/CMA may receive up to $1,250,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. REC/CMA is an orthopedic rehabilitation practice located in Whitehouse, Texas. Neither REC, CMA nor its members had any prior relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

         REC/CMA was acquired on January 6, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006 $23,257 additional acquisition costs were added to the purchase price and during the fourth quarter of 2006, an adjustment to accounts payable of $22,551 reduced the purchase price. The total net change was $706.

    Purchase price allocation:    
     
    Cash Consideration   $625,000
    Stock Consideration   670,870
    Acquisition Costs   128,750
    Less:    
    Cash   28,106
    Accounts receivable   80,841
    Property and equipment   56,767
    Intangible assets   82,089
    Plus:    

    F-26


    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   14,723
    Deferred taxes   35,442
    Goodwill   $ 1,226,982

         On January 20, 2006, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XIX, Inc. (PNAC XIX), and Desert Pain Medicine Group (DPMG). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of DPMG by PNAC XIX, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of DPMG received 471,698 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.41 per share and $1,500,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former stockholder of DPMG may receive up to $3,000,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. DPMG is a pain management physician practice with four locations in California. Neither DMPG nor its members had any prior relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

         DPMG was acquired on January 20, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006 $44,155 additional acquisition costs were added to the purchase price and during the fourth quarter a vehicle that was recorded at acquisition was written off since it was determined to not be a company asset. The total change in the purchase price is $120,790.

    Purchase price allocation:

    Cash Consideration   $ 1,500,000
    Stock Consideration   1,608,490
    Acquisition Costs   155,000
    Less:    
    Cash   77,144
    Accounts receivable   198,792
    Property and equipment   418,384
    Deposits and prepaid expenses   27,259
    Other assets   8,111
    Intangible assets   130,707
    Plus:    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   155,718
    Note payable   20,417
    Capital lease obligations   62,523
    Fixed asset write-off   76,635
    Deferred taxes   134,556
    Goodwill   $ 2,852,942

         On February 1, 2006, the Company closed a majority interest purchase pursuant to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. (PCN I), and the members of Amphora, LLC (AMP). The Membership Interest Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 60% ownership of AMP by PCN I, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the majority interest purchase the members of AMP were to have received 1,035,032 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.70 per share and $3,250,000 in cash. The values of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former members of AMP were to have received the remaining balance of the purchase price of $8,500,000 in the form of performance-based installments over four years. AMP is an intraoperative monitoring company based in Denver, Colorado.

    F-27


         Majority interest in AMP was purchased on February 1, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006 $250,516 additional acquisition costs were added to the purchase price. On December 11, 2006 the merger agreement was rescinded; see note 25, Discontinued Operations.

    Purchase price allocation:

    Cash Consideration   $ 3,250,000
    Stock Consideration   3,829,618
    Acquisition Costs   293,541
    Less:    
    Cash   72,463
    Accounts receivable   1,006,114
    Property and equipment   176,817
    Intangible assets   109,368
    Plus:    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   114,191
    Capital lease obligations   66,240
    Deferred taxes   114,223
    Minority interests   429,985
    Goodwill   $6,733,036

         Following are the summarized unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 (as restated), assuming all of the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the year. The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of future earnings or earnings that would have been reported had the acquisitions been completed when assumed.

    Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
    Year Ended December 31, 2006
    (Unaudited)
    Consolidated Statement of Operations                        
        PainCare
    2006 Actual
      CPMASC(1)   REC(2)   DPMG(3)   Amphora(4)   Pro
    Forma
    Total Revenues   $ 63,728,882   $ 32,092   $ 13,409   $ 359,569   $ 353,855   $ 64,487,807
    Cost of revenue   20,270,361   4,542   4,631   176,422   80,936   20,536,891
    Gross profit   43,458,521   27,551   8,778   183,147   272,919   43,950,916
    General and administrative expense   39,828,569   16,937   6,291   151,717   128,239   40,131,753
    Amortization expense   2,263,010   222   163   65,058   1,208   2,329,661
    Impairment of assets   33,994,512     -     -     -     -   33,994,512
    Depreciation expense   2,361,378   271   137   5,963   -   2,367,748
    Operating income (loss)   (34,988,948)   10,120   2,187   (39,590)   143,472   (34,872,758)
    Interest expense   (3,609,655)   -   -    -   -   (3,609,655)
    Derivative benefit   9,997,201   -   -   -   -   9,997,201
    Other income    203,229   -   -   -   -   203,229

    F-28


    Income (loss) before income taxes   (28,398,173)   10,120   2,187   (39,590)   143,472   (28,281,984)
    Provision (benefit) for income taxes   2,930,928    -   -   -   -   2,930,928 
    Income (loss) from continuing operations   (25,467,245)   10,120   2,187   (39,590)   143,472   (25,351,056)
    Loss from discontinued operations   (2,007,186)   -   -   -   57,389   (1,949,797)
    Loss from continuing operations before cumulative change in accounting principal   (27,474,431)     -     -     -     -   (27,474,431)
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal   991,925     -     -     -     -   991,925
    Net income (loss)   $ (26,482,506)   $ 10,120   $ 2,187   $ (39,590)   $ 86,083   $ (26,423,705)
    Basic loss per common share                       $(0.41)
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding                       64,600,427
    Diluted loss per common share                       $(0.41)
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding                       64,600,427

    Footnotes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements:

    1) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 2, 2006. 2) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 5, 2006. 3) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 19, 2006. 4) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 31, 2006.

         Following are the summarized unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 (as restated), assuming all of the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the year. The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of future earnings or earnings that would have been reported had the acquisitions been completed when assumed.

    Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
    Year Ended December 31, 2005
    (Unaudited)
     
      PainCare Historical CPS (4) LWSC (5) GSC (6) PCSD(7) RING(8) CENTENO(9) CPMASC(10) REC (11) DP (12) AMPHORA(13) Adjustment Pro Forma
    Revenues $63,548,313 $722,974 $1,828,266 $2,724,346 $817,534 $773,146 $2,169,806 $4,779,613 $798,830 $3,454,942 $3,400,045 $— $85,017,815
    Cost of revenues 11,549,973 326,637 301,437 307,342 168,640 180,000 87,514 410,941 167,620 1,029,910 472,485 (621,570)(1) 14,380,928
    Gross profit 51,998,340 396,337 1,526,829 2,417,004 648,894 593,146 2,082,292 4,368,672 631,210 2,425,032 2,927,560 621,570 70,636,887
    Operating expenses:                  
    General and administrative 38,510,708 398,396 687,917 752,747 333,018 179,218 1,982,720 2,113,331 314,006 1,221,337 1,032,339 (1,479,581)(2) 46,046,158
    Depreciation and amortization expense 2,954,231 84,212 2,284 33,318 6,908 84,982 757 3,166,692
    Operating income (loss) 10,533,401 (2,059) 838,912 1,580,045 313,592 413,928 99,572 2,222,023 310,296 1,118,713 1,894,464 2,101,151 21,424,037

    Interest expense

    (4,308,502) (2,040) (1,089) (15,092) (4,529) (11,005) (22) (4,342,279)
    Derivative expense (7,055,502)               (7,055,502)
    Other income 457,250 38,099 2,938 2,748 501,035

    F-29


    Income (loss) beforetaxes (373,353) (4,099) 875,922 1,567,891 309,063 416,676 88,567 2,222,023 310,274 1,118,713 1,894,464 2,101,151 10,527,291
    Provision for income taxes 5,110,651 1,138,907(3) 6,249,558
    Income (loss) before minority interests’ share (5,484,004) (4,099) 875,922 1,567,891 309,063 416,676 88,567 2,222,023 310,274 1,118,713 1,894,464 962,244 4,277,733 
    Minority interests’ share
    Income from discontinued operations 144,626       —  —  —  —  —  —    144,626
    Net income (loss) $(5,339,378) $(4,099) $875,922 $1,567,891 $ 309,063 $ 416,676 $88,567 $2,222,023 $310,273 $1,118,713 $1,894,464 $ 962,244 $4,422,359
    Basic loss per common share               $0.08
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding                 56,079,880
    Diluted loss per common share               $0.07
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding                 66,409,755

    Footnotes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements:

    1) Adjustment for non-recurring cost of sales.
    2) Adjustment for non-recurring general and administrative expenses.
    3) Represents the provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 35%.
    4) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on March 31, 2005.
    5) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on April 30, 2005.
    6) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on July 31, 2005.
    7) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on July 31, 2005.
    8) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on September 30, 2005.
    9) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on September 30, 2005.
    10) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.
    11) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.
    12) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.
    13) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.

    (5) Due from Stockholder

         In 2004 the Company entered into a contract with Merill Reuter, M.D., chairman of the Company’s board of directors and an approximately 3.0% stockholder. Under the terms of the contract, which are similar to those entered into with other physicians, the Company is providing real estate development and construction oversight services to Dr. Reuter related to a planned medical facility that is intended to be owned by Dr. Reuter and leased to the Company and others. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, $0 and $427,553 respectively, is due from Dr. Reuter under this contract. During 2006, Dr. Rueter failed to fulfill his contractual obligations under the contract, therefore, making the agreement no longer valid.

    (6) Property and Equipment

             
        Property and equipment, net at December 31, consisted of:   2006   2005
        Furniture, fixtures & equipment   $7,959,855   $ 10,167,792
        Medical equipment   9,425,787   7,390,304
        Total cost   17,385,642   17,558,096
        Less accumulated depreciation   7,344,832   6,953,080
        Property and equipment, net   $10,040,810   $ 10,605,016

    Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $2,361,378, $1,424,793, and $837,484, respectively.

    F-30


    (7)Goodwill

         In connection with acquisitions through December 31, 2006, acquisition consideration paid exceeded fair value of the assets acquired (including estimated liabilities assumed as part of the transaction). The excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. At least annually at December 31st, management assesses whether there has been any permanent impairment in the value of goodwill. The factors considered by management include trends and prospects as well as the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. A summary of goodwill for each location is as follows:

    Reporting  Initial Impairments Contingent
    Consideration
    Contingent
    Consideration
    Contingent
    Consideration
    Company Name   Segment   Consideration   Recorded    Year 1   Year 2   Year 3        Total
    Advanced Orthopaedics of S. Florida II, Inc.   Surgery   $ 2,456,658       $350,000   $639,834   $467,075   $3,913,567
    Rothbart Pain Management Clinic, Inc.   Pain Management   834,788       260,290   348,330   754,513   2,197,921
    Pain and Rehabilitation Network, Inc.   Pain Management   690,478       1,133,333   872,152   254,939   2,950,902
    Medical Rehabilitation Specialists II, Inc.   Pain Management   3,467,358       856,558   959,906   771,833   6,055,655
    Associated Physicians Group   Ancillary Services   5,030,025   (3,996,781)   1,902,083   913,409   167,501   4,016,237
    Spine and Pain Center   Pain Management   1,406,715       446,547   412,011   150,229   2,415,502
    Health Care Center of Tampa, Inc.   Pain Management   4,010,749   (6,491,313)   1,361,915   1,221,083   631,783   734,217
    Bone and Joint Surgical Clinic   Surgery   3,215,025       777,439   412,805   N/A   4,405,269
    Kenneth M. Alo, MD, PA   Pain Management   4,243,164       1,209,350   1,132,081   N/A   6,584,595
    Georgia Pain Physicians & Surgical Centers, Inc.   Pain Management   2,147,518   (3,436,436)   723,090   588,000   N/A   22,172
    Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers   Ancillary Services   4,230,687       1,478,923   898,560   N/A   6,608,170
    Rick Taylor, DO, PA (Pain Care Clinics)   Pain Management   4,222,873       1,217,417   931,200   N/A   6,371,490
    Benjamin Zolper, MD, Inc.   Pain Management   1,596,660       581,951   519,167   N/A   2,697,778
    The Center for Pain Management   Pain Management   16,711,475       4,583,334   3,195,144   N/A   24,489,953
    Colorado Pain Specialists   Pain Management   5,657,494   (464,810)   633,112   N/A   N/A   5,825,796
    Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders   Surgery   2,033,839       540,000   N/A   N/A   2,573,839
    Floyd O. Ring, Jr., MD, PC   Pain Management   2,534,617       487,547   N/A   N/A   3,022,164
    Christopher J. Centeno, MD & Therapeutic Mgmt   Pain Management   8,109,798   (7,030,175)   N/A   N/A   N/A   1,079,623
    Care First Medical Associates, P.A.     Pain Management   1,226,982       N/A   N/A   N/A     1,226,982
    Desert Pain Medicine Group     Pain Management   2,852,942     (679,160)   N/A   N/A   N/A     2,173,782
    Total Goodwill                           $89,365,614
    Available For Sale                            
    Lake Worth Surgical Center   Ancillary Services   6,741,879       N/A   N/A   N/A   6,741,879
    Gables Surgical Center   Ancillary Services   7,846,423       N/A   N/A   N/A   7,846,423
    Center for Pain Management ASC (CPMASC)   Ancillary Services   13,749,276   (2,297,013)   N/A   N/A   N/A   11,452,263
                                $26,040,565

    The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

        2006   2005
    Balance, beginning of year   $97,539,861   $61,817,801
    Acquired during the period   24,562,236   31,797,602
    Contingent consideration   9,514,077   17,852,889
    Impairment   (24,395,688)   -
    Other 990,300 -

    F-31


    Dispositions   (6,733,036)   -
    Goodwill before discontinued operations   101,477,750   111,468,292
    Goodwill reclassified to discontinued operations   (12,112,136)   (13,928,431)
    Goodwill at end of period   $89,365,614   $97,539,861

    Of the total impairment in 2006, $2,297,013 is included in discontinued operations in the accompanying statement of operations.

    (8) Other assets

         The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of its long-lived assets based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 — “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,”If the undiscounted cash flows indicate impairment then the carrying value of the assets being evaluated is impaired to the estimated fair value of those assets. In assessing the recoverability of these assets, the Company must project estimated cash flows which are based on various operating assumptions including the ability of asset to meet budget targets due to changes in payer mix, gross billings, and expenses. Management develops these cash flow projections on a periodic basis and reviews the projections based on actual operating trends. The projections assume that general economic conditions will continue unchanged throughout the projection period and that their potential impact on capital spending and revenues will not fluctuate. Projected revenues are based on the Company's estimate of the assets’ ability to meet specified budgets. Projected revenues assume a leveling or flattening of revenues at a rate lower than originally realized. Projected operating expenses are based upon historic experience and expected market conditions adjusted to reflect an expected decrease in expenses resulting from cost saving initiatives.

         The Company’s review of the carrying value of its long-lived assets at December 31, 2006 indicates that the carrying value of some of these assets are not recoverable through future estimated cash flows. If the cash flow estimates, or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based, change in the future, the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges related to its long-lived assets.

         The Company performed the analysis on each of its intangible assets and determined there was impairment which was recorded during 2006.

         The MEDX Distribution contract right revenues are based on the Company’s receipts that the MedX programs generate. The Company closed several locations during the year due to insufficient margins and made an adjustment to the estimate of future cash flows. The impairment charge recorded for 2006 is $827,342 and is disclosed as impairment of assets in the Company’s Results of Operations. The Company estimated fair value based on future discounted cash flows generated by the MedX centers. The revenues from this contract right are recorded in the Ancillary Services reporting segment.

         The three RMG contract rights were also analyzed with an impairment recorded for all three. The SPA, SCPI, and APG contracts were impaired $4,937, $49,713, and $160,110, respectively. The decreased revenue is caused by a reduction in physicians at one of the locations. The other two showed a slight decrease in usage that affected revenues. The Company estimated fair value based on future discounted cash flows generated by each of the contracts. The revenues for these contracts are recorded in the Ancillary Services reporting segment.

         The Company purchased from Rehab Management Group, Inc., a South Carolina based corporation (“RMG”), all rights, title and interest that RMG owns or acquires and all management fees, revenues, compensation and payments of any kind with respect to three electro-diagnostic management agreements with the named physician’s practice:

    F-32


     Name of Physician’s Practice   Purchase Price
    Associated Physicians Group, Ltd. (“APG”), a fully
    integrated treatment practice
     
      $107,500 in cash and 48,643 shares of common stock, plus
    contingent payments of up to $215,000 in cash and common
    stock if certain earnings goals are met.
    Statesville Pain Associates, P.C. (“SPA”), a North
    Carolina professional corporation
     
     
     
    $375,000 in cash and 169,683 shares of common stock, plus
    contingent payments of up to $750,000 in cash and common
    stock if certain earnings goals are met.
    Space Coast Pain Institute, P.C. (“SCPI”), a Florida
    professional corporation
     
      
     
    $275,000 in cash and 124,434 shares of common stock, plus
    contingent payments of up to $550,000 in cash and common
    stock if certain earnings goals are met.

         The Company impaired the Denver Pain Management contract fully during 2006. The impairment charge was $10,853,735. The Company does not believe the total of undiscounted future cash flows will be sufficient to provide recovery for the carrying amount. The management fees from this contract are recorded under the Pain Management reporting segment. These contract rights were previously being amortized over the contract term of nine years.

         The separately identifiable intangible asset is the physicians’ referral network. The referral network represents other doctors in the community who refer their patient base to the Company’s physicians who practice in a discipline to meet their patient’s needs. The Company believes the value of each physician’s referral network is clearly linked to the physicians’ employment agreements. The amortization term is seven years which represents the five year employment agreement the Company enters into with each physician plus the two years of an additional non-compete agreement. The value of the referral network should be amortized over the employment term and the non-compete period of the physician since that represents the period of time the Company benefits from the arrangement.

    The table below summarizes the other assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

            2006           2005    
            Impairment           Impairment    
            and/or           and/or    
    Asset        Cost   Amortization   Net Value   Cost   Amortization   Net Value
    MedX Distribution right   $2,212,673   $1,625,623   $587,050   $2,212,673   $ 581,831   $1,630,842
    Contract Right – APG   482,107   239,328   242,779   486,023   34,452   451,571
    Contract Right – SPA   1,419,471   253,675   1,165,796   1,433,132   118,657   1,314,475
    Contract Right – SCPI   1,041,546   232,254   809,292   1,051,564   87,095   964,469
    Contract Right – DPM   12,658,686   12,658,686            -   6,026,200   677,124   5,349,076
    Other   109,722   -   109,722   475,958                -   475,958
    Physician’s referral network   1,941,432   749,280   1,192,152   1,667,431   476,454   1,190,977
    Total   $19,865,637   $15,758,846   $4,106,791   $13,352,981   $1,975,613   $11,377,368

         Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $2,263,010, $1,529,438 and $549,229 respectively, and is included in amortization in the accompanying statement of operations.

         
    Estimated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows:

    F-33


        Amortization of
        intangible assets
    2007   $705,567
    2008   684,454
    2009   684,061
    2010   664,561
    2011   569,081

    (9) Acquisition Consideration Payable

    The Company is obligated at December 31, 2006 to pay contingent consideration on the following:

    Company Name   Cash Value   Stock Value   Total
    Associated Physicians Group   $97,789   $69,712   $167,501
    Georgia Pain Clinic   25,000   -   25,000
    Spine, Orthopedic and Pain   79,306   70,924   150,230
    Health Care Center of Tampa   -   323,111   323,111
    Center for Pain Management   1,961,931   1,233,213   3,195,144
    Contract Right – APG   21,597   22,843   44,440
    Contract Right – SPA   11,575   5,659   17,234
    Contract Right - SCPI   69,548   34,001   103,549
    Total           $4,026,209

    The contingent consideration paid in stock represents the dollar value of the stock to be paid to the seller.

    (10) Notes Payable

    Notes payable consists of the following at December 31:

        2006   2005
    Note payable to PSHS Partnership Ventures, Inc. (a)   $                -   $1,305,284
    Note payable to Gary J. Lustgarten Profit Sharing and Trust (b)   -   271,934
    Note payable to HBK Investments L.P. (c)   26,553,378   28,367,363
    Line of credit payable to Wells Fargo (d)   62,000   68,000
    CPM-ASC acquisition promissory note(e)   7,800,000   -
    Total notes payable   34,115,378   30,012,581
    Less current installments   34,115,378   3,883,012
    Long-term portion $               - $26,129,569
     

    At December 31, 2006, the aggregate annual principal payments with respect to the obligations existing at that date as described above, are as follows:

    Year ending December 31:    
    2007   $35,612,000
    Less unamortized discount   1,496,622
        $34,115,378

    F-34


    (a)      Note payable to PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. due on August 1, 2006 without a stated interest rate. Interest is imputed at 6.25% over the period. The face value is $1,351,458. The total amount amortized to interest expense in 2005 was $33,324 and in 2006 was $46,174. The note is secured by the Company’s interest in PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. The Company’s carrying amount of the partnership is $1,949,486. This note was paid in full during 2006.
     
    (b)      Note payable to Gary J. Lustgarten Profit Sharing & Trust due on August 1, 2006 without a stated interest rate. Interest is imputed at 6.25% over the period. The face value is $281,554 with unamortized discount of $9,620. The total amount amortized to interest expense in 2005 was $6,942. The note is secured by the Company’s interest in PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. The Company’s carrying amount of the partnership is $1,949,486. This note was paid in full during 2006.
     
    (c)      Note payable to HBK Investments due on May 10, 2009. Interest is either LIBOR + 7.25% or Prime + 4.5% at the discretion of the Company. On March 21, 2007, the Agent provided the Company with notice that the Agent would be charging interest at the default rate until all existing events of default have been waived in accordance with the loan agreement. The default rate is LIBOR plus 10.25% or approximately 15.57% as of March 21, 2007. Interest payments are due monthly with quarterly principal repayments beginning on April 1, 2006. Certain mandatory prepayments must be made upon the occurrence of any sale or disposition of property or assets, upon the receipt of any extraordinary receipts, and upon issuance of any indebtedness other than indebtedness permitted by the agreement, including equipment leases and notes. The agreement requires compliance with various financial and non-financial covenants for the Company starting in the second quarter of 2005. The primary financial covenants pertain to, among other things, minimum EBITDA, minimum Free Cash Flow, Leverage ratio, and Market Capitalization. The Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 has failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the forebearance agreement. On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006 and November 8, 2006 we entered into letter agreements with the lenders under the credit facility in consideration for which we paid $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000 in waiver fees, respectively, to the lenders. The Face value of the Note is $27,750,000 with unamortized discount of $1,196,622. The total amount amortized to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $436,015.
     
      On January 1, 2007, the Company entered into a Forbearance Agreement with HBK Investments L.P. , HBK Master Fund L.P., and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under that certain Loan Agreement between the parties dated May 11, 2005, as amended (the "Loan Agreement") with respect to certain events of default under the Loan Agreement that have either occurred or that may occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, the Company agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of $277,500 at closing, plus, upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement, an amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the obligations have been repaid in full. To the extent the Company fails to comply with the specific terms and covenants under the Forbearance Agreement the Lenders may attempt to exercise certain rights against us that would materially adversely impact our operations, including, but not limited to, taking control of one or more of our operating subsidiaries and/or other company assets.
     
    (d)      Line of credit payable to Wells Fargo for equipment at The Centeno Clinic due on January 25, 2007 with prime + 2% interest payable monthly. The unused portion of the credit line is $88,000. The line of credit is secured by property for use in the practice.
     
    (e)      Note payable for acquisition of CPM, ASC LLC. Originally due on January 3, 2007 with a stated interest rate of 3.45%. Interest is imputed at 6.75% over the period. The face value is $7,500,000. In December 2006, the due date of the note was extended until April 3, 2007 with an additional $300,000 promissory note with a $300,000 issuance cost which will be accreted to interest expense in 2007. The total amount amortized to interest expense in 2006 was $215,489. The note is secured by the Company’s interest in PainCare Surgery Center III, Inc. The Company’s carrying amount of the entity is $12,748,390 and it is accounted for in discontinued operations. On March 15, 2007, the Company received a notice of breach and default (the "CPM Notice") from The Center for Pain Management, LLC ("CPM") with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "APA") entered into by the Company, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the "Members"). The CPM Notice further provides that unless the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice are cured by the Company, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "Pledge Agreement") entered into by the Company and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary.

    Fair value of Financial Instruments 

     The estimated fair values of the Company's debt obligations are as follows:

    2006 2005
    Carrying value Fair value Carrying value Fair value
    HBK Investments $26,553,378 27,435,470 28,367,363 28,892,528
    CPMASC $7,800,000 7,380,737 - -

    The remaining notes at December 31, 2006 and 2005 approximated their carrying values due to the relatively short time before their expected realization. The fair value is based on rates currently charged for similar instruments or otherwise to settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

    F-35




    (11) Convertible Debentures

    Convertible Debentures consist of the following on December 31:        
        December 31,  
        2006   2005
    Midsummer/Islandia (a)   $8,587,279   $8,519,131
    Midsummer (b)   1,299,699   1,133,877
    Midsummer/Islandia (c)   2,528,502   -
    Total   12,415,480   9,653,008
    Less current installments   12,415,480   8,519,131
    Long-term portion   $        -   $1,133,877
     
    Maturities of the convertible debentures for future years ending December 31, are        
    as follows:        
                                 2007   $   13,455,160    
                                 2008   -    
                                 2009   -    
                                 2010   -    
                                 2011 -
    Less unamortized discount   1,039,680    
    Total   $12,415,480    

     (a)  Convertible debenture to Midsummer Investment Ltd. in the original amount of $5,000,000 and Islandia, LP in the original amount of $5,000,000. The Company combines these debentures since they are of identical terms. On July 1, 2004, Midsummer Investment, Ltd. converted $1,044,840 of their debenture into 400,000 Company shares. Their face value is currently $3,955,160. The Islandia, LP debenture has a face value currently of $5,000,000. These two debentures were completed on the same date of December 17, 2003 with an original maturity date of December 17, 2006. On August 2, 2006 the Company extended the term of these debentures to August 2, 2009. The extension did not change the face value or the interest rate. The stated interest rate is 7.5%. The interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $2,262,101. The debentures are convertible into common stock of the Company at the price of $1.90 per share. The Company has the right to pay the interest in common stock providing certain equity conditions are met. The equity conditions must all be met for the twenty trading days preceding the interest payment date. Interest only is payable quarterly. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 the Company paid $196,050 in interest due on March 1, 2006 in the Company's common stock. All subsequent payments have been in cash because not all of the equity conditions have been met. As of December 31, 2006 the Company does not meet the equity requirements and is required to make payments in cash. There are no assets pledged as collateral, sinking fund requirements, or restrictive covenants associated with these debentures. The amount of amortized discount accreted to interest expense in the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $1,590,401. The December 31, 2006 unamortized discount balance is $367,881.

    F-36


    (b)      Convertible debenture to Midsummer Investment Ltd. in the face amount of $1,500,000. The debenture was completed on July 1, 2004 with an original maturity date of June 30, 2007. On August 2, 2006 the Company extended the term of this debenture to August 2, 2009. The extension did not change the face value or the interest rate. The stated interest rate is 7.5%. The interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $438,206. The debentures are convertible into common stock of the Company at the price of $1.90 per share. The Company has the right to pay the interest in common stock providing certain equity conditions are met. The equity conditions must all be met for the twenty trading days preceding the interest payment date. Interest only is payable quarterly. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 the Company paid $28,125 in interest due on March 1, 2006 in the Company's common stock. All subsequent payments have been in cash because not all of the equity conditions have been met. As of December 31, 2006 the company does not meet the equity requirements and is required to make payments in cash. There are no assets pledged as collateral, sinking fund requirements, or restrictive covenants associated with this debenture. The amount of amortized discount accreted to interest expense in the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $325,706. The December 31, 2006 unamortized discount balance is $200,301.
     
    (c)      Convertible debenture to Midsummer Investment Ltd. with a face value of $1,500,000 and Islandia, LP with a face value of $1,500,000. The Company combines these debentures since they are of identical terms. These two debentures were completed on the same date of August 2, 2006 with an original maturity date of August 2, 2009.
     
      The stated interest rate is 8.5%. The interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $228,294. The debentures are convertible into common stock of the Company at the price of $1.90 per share. The Company has the right to pay the interest in common stock providing certain equity conditions are met. The equity conditions must all be met for the twenty trading days preceding the interest payment date. Interest only is payable quarterly beginning on October 1, 2006. As of December 31, 2006 the company does not meet the equity requirements and is required to make payments in cash.
     
      There are no assets pledged as collateral, sinking fund requirements, or restrictive covenants associated with these debentures. The amount of amortized discount accreted to interest expense in the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $122,752. The December 31, 2006 unamortized discount balance is $471,498. The convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP are currently in technical default because the Company is in default with it's primary lender.  As of March 30, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.
     
      Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement the common shares granted to the holders were part of the August 2, 2006 financing and as consideration for the extension of the December 17, 2003 and June 30, 2004 financings. The 500,000 common shares issued in conjunction with this financing have been allocated at the fair value on the issue date. The Company has allocated approximately 50% of the value to the August 2, 2006 financing with the balance allocated ratably between the other two based on a percentage of total debt. The table below provides the allocation amount for each financing agreement:
     
    Allocation   Amount
    Financing Date:    
    Midsummer August 2006   $490,000
    Midsummer December 2003   427,217
    Midsummer June 2004   62,783
    Total proceeds   $980,000

    In accordance with EITF 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments”, the Company performed an analysis to determine if the extension of the maturity date caused an extinguishment of debt. The Company has determined there is no extinguishment. Since the restricted stock is considered a fee to the creditor and the modification does not result in an extinguishment, then the restricted stock is amortized as a deferred financing cost over the term of the modified debt instrument. As noted in the table above $427,217 and $62,783 for the December 17, 2003 and June 30, 2004 financings, respectively, will be accreted to interest expense over the thirty-six month term of the

    F-37


    extension.

    As discussed in the preceding paragraph, the Company has allocated $490,000 to the August 2, 2006 financing. This amount also is included as a debt discount and will be accreted to interest expense over the term of the convertible debenture.

    The following tabular presentation reflects the allocation of the proceeds on the August 2, 2006 financing for both the default put option and the restricted common shares issued:

    Holder   Midsummer
    Financing Date   August 2006
    Allocation:    
    Default put option   $104,250
    Common shares   490,000
    Debt instrument   2,405,750
    Total proceeds   $3,000,000

    (12)Derivatives

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

         The fair values of debt instruments for disclosure purposes only are estimated based upon the present value of the estimated cash flows at credit risk adjusted interest rates, ranging from 9.81% to 11.89% for convertible instruments. As of December 31, 2006, estimated fair values and respective carrying values for debt instruments are as follows:

                Carrying
    Debt Instrument   Fair Value   Value
    $1,500,000 Face Value Convertible Debenture   $ 1,339,776    $ 1,299,699
    $8,955,160 Face Value Convertible Debenture             $  8,395,367         $ 8,587,279
    $3,000,000 Face Value Convertible Debenture     $  2,745,699      $ 2,528,502

    Derivative Financial Instruments

         The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow risks or market risks that may affect the fair values of its financial instruments. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features that are indexed to the Company’s common stock, are classified as liabilities when either (a) the holder possesses rights to net cash settlement or (b) physical or net-share settlement is not within the control of the Company. In such instances, net cash settlement is assumed for financial accounting and reporting, even when the terms of the underlying contracts do not provide for net-cash settlement. Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.

         The caption Derivative Liabilities consists of (i) the fair values associated with derivative features embedded in the Laurus Convertible Secured Term Notes and the Midsummer/Islandia Convertible Debentures and (ii) the fair values of the detachable warrants that were issued in connection with those financing arrangements. In addition, this caption includes the fair values of other pre-existing derivative financial instruments that were reclassified from stockholders’ equity when net-share settlement was no longer within the Company’s control.

    The following tabular presentation reflects the components of derivative financial instruments on the Company’s balance

    F-38


    sheet at December 31, 2006 and 2005:        
    Liabilities:   2006   2005
    Embedded derivative instruments   $600,000   $6,351,194
    Freestanding derivatives (warrants)   -   6,601,261
        $600,000   $12,952,455

    The following tabular presentation reflects the number of common shares into which the aforementioned derivatives are indexed:

    Common shares indexed:     2006   2005
    Embedded derivative instruments   $              -   $  5,502,716
    Warrants   -    2,593,316
        $              -  

    $ 8,096,032


    The following tabular presentation reflects the income (expense) associated with adjustments recorded to reflect the aforementioned derivatives at fair value:

    Income (expense):   2006   2005
    Embedded derivative instruments   $4,483,241   $(6,579,253)
    Warrants   2,784,082   (127,729)
    Other warrants   2,729,878   (348,520)
    Fair value considerations for derivative financial instruments:   $9,997,201   $(7,055,502)

         Freestanding financial instruments, consisting of warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation methodology because that model embodies all of the relevant assumptions that address the features underlying these instruments. Significant assumptions included in this model as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:

    Holder   Laurus   Laurus   Laurus   Midsummer   Midsummer 
    Financing Date   February 2004   March 2004   June 2004   June 2004   December 2003
    Exercise prices   $ 4.24—$4.92   $ 3.60—$4.18   $ 3.60—$3.76   $ 1.90   $ 1.90
    Term (years)   5.4   5.5   5.8   2.8   2.2
    Volatility   42.69%   42.69%   42.69%   43.41%   41.17%
    Risk-free rate   4.5%   4.5%   4.5%   4.5%   4.5%

         The default put option is valued using a probability weighted cash flows technique where the Company considers all events that would trigger the default put and probability weighted such events over the term of the debt. The basis for the default put is the acceleration amount which is estimated to be the discount on a relative fair value basis. The Company has identified a lapse in effectiveness, a delisting of the common stock and share delivery event that would trigger the default put for purposes of the methodology.

    (13)Leases

         The Company is currently leasing its MedX equipment, EDX equipment and IAJP equipment under capital lease agreements and its offices and clinics under operating leases which expire at various dates. The capitalized asset cost and accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were:

        2006   2005
    Capitalized cost   $ 7,490,431   $ 4,519,086


    Accumulated depreciation   (2,014,707)   (1,362,385)
    Net book value   $ 5,475,724   $ 3,156,701

    These amounts are included in property and equipment, net.

    Depreciation expense for the leased equipment was $675,345 $543,592 and $278,379 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

    At December 31, 2006, future minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable lease obligations are as follows:

        Capital   Operating
    Year-ending December 31:   Leases   Leases
    2007   $1,610,397   $2,747,160
    2008   1,080,535   1,875,844
    2009   687,218   1,632,823
    2010   196,765   1,412,707
    2011          -   1,155,851
    Thereafter          -   1,372,891
    Total minimum lease payments   3,574,915   $10,197,276
     
    Less amounts representing interest (at rates of 5.0% to 9.9%)   459,737    
    Present value of net minimum lease payments   3,115,178    
    Less current portion   1,383,790    
    Capital lease obligations – long-term   $1,731,388    

         Rent expense under operating leases was $4,140,121, $3,252,326 and $1,524,888 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

    (14) Income Taxes

    The income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, based on income (loss) from continuing operations, is as follows:

        2006   2005   2004
    Current:            
    Federal   $(4,815,066)   $ 3,315,151   $ 3,228,401
    State   (499,728)   862,450   716,224
        (5,314,794)   4,177,601   3,944,625
    Deferred:            
    Federal   (2,336,081)   61,154   381,505
    State   47,785   871,896   84,457
        2,383,866   933,050   465,962
    Total   $(2,930,928)   $ 5,110,651   $ 4,410,587

    F-40


         Income tax expense attributable to income before income tax differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% to income from continuing operations before income taxes as a result of the following:

        2006   2005   2004
    Computed “expected” tax expense   $(9,655,243)   $(126,940)   $ 989,096
    Increase (reduction) in income tax expense resulting from:            
    Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset 2,629,067 -
    Derivative expense   (3,399,048)   2,398,871   1,107,166
    Derivative interest expense   846,648   576,849   634,981
    State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit   (499,728)   730,150   528,450
    Compensation – incentive stock options   (1,720,274)   570,163   261,345
    Assets acquired with no tax basis   9,276,186   323,104   544,698
    Other, net   (437,771)   578,670   174,851
    Other state taxes   -   50,742   -
    Unamortized deferred taxes   -   26,055   -
    Penalties and interest on amended returns   29,235     170,000
    Income for foreign subsidiary, net   -   (73,935)   -
    Amortization of acquisition intangibles   -   56,922   -
    Total   $(2,930,928)   $5,110,651   $4,410,587

         The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are presented below:

        2006   2005   2004
    Deferred tax expense (benefit):            
    Non-cash accrued compensation expense   $1,553,546   $ 378,974   $ (171,152)
    Property and equipment, primarily due to accelerated depreciation   (108,474)   259,801   438,630
    Amortization of the excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired   (1,684,658)   744,673   164,053
    Amortization of unstated interest on deferred, contingent purchase price payments   138,746   147,497   118,701
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   (160,245)   (613,446)   (137,555)
    Other   (9,699)   98,456   82,000
    Deferred state income taxes   25,583   (82,905)   (28,715)
    Total deferred tax expense (benefit)   (245,201)    933,050    465,962
    Valuation allowance 2,629,067 - -
    Total, net of valuation allowance $2,383,866 $933,050 $465,962

    Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are presented in the following table:

        2006   2005
    Deferred tax assets:        
    Allowance for doubtful accounts   $759,929   $624,638
    Intangibles   811,321   --
    Employee compensation and retirement benefits   2,629,067   3,945,886
    Gross deferred tax assets   4,200,317   4,570,524
    Less valuation allowance 2,629,067 -
    Net deferred tax assets 1,571,250 4,570,524
    Deferred tax liabilities:        
    Fixed assets   1,904,762   2,060,842
    State income taxes 234,934 -
    Intangibles   -   915,639
    State income reserve   340,000   95,603
    Other   659,463   682,482

    F-41


    Gross deferred tax liabilities   3,139,159   3,754,566
    Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)   $(1,567,909)   $815,958

         In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependant upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilties, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level the Company's current stock price relative to the exercise price for stock options outstanding and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences for stock options, net of existing valuation allowance at December 31, 2006. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be increased in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are increased and if the Company's stock price moves higher. 

    (15)Stock Options and Warrants

         The Company's previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2006 have been restated to give effect to the correction of certain errors that were discovered subsequent to September 30, 2006. See Footnote 3 for futher explanation.

         The Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plans”) which authorize the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to employees, non-employees and Directors. There are also option grants totaling 2,000,000 shares of common stock made to executive officers that were issued outside of the two Plans. Options granted under the Plans and to the executives are exercisable up to 10 years from the grant date at an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

         Notwithstanding, the term of an incentive stock option granted under the Plan to a stockholder owning more than 10% of the voting rights may not exceed 5 years, and the exercise price of an incentive stock option granted to such stockholder may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

         Warrants were issued for various capital raising purposes and for consulting fees.

         The number of shares, terms, vesting and exercise period of options granted under the Plans are determined by the Company’s Board of Directors on a case-by-case basis.

         Stock options and warrants granted, exercised and expired during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

        Options     Warrants  
            Weighted       Weighted
            Average       Average
            Exercise       Exercise
        Number   Price   Number   Price
    Outstanding, December 31, 2003   7,754,000                  $1.61   2,731,272   $1.49
    Granted in 2004   2,065,000                  $2.52   1,395,000   $3.78
    Exercised in 2004   (312,673)                   $0.40   (534,216)   $0.97
    Forfeited in 2004   (46,577)                  $1.95   (38,615)   $1.50
    Outstanding, December 31, 2004   9,459,750                  $1.74   3,553,441(a)   $2.55
    Granted in 2005   1,120,000                  $3.82   -    $-
    Exercised in 2005   (724,975)                  $0.39   (350,316)   $1.23
    Forfeited in 2005   (102,625)                  $0.81   (23,809)   $1.00
    Outstanding, December 31, 2005   9,752,150                  $2.01   3,179,316(a)   $2.61
    Granted in 2006   565,000                  $1.58   1,399,884   $3.51
    Exercised in 2006   -     $-   -     $-
    Forfeited in 2006   520,000                  $2.35   2,678,316   $2.84
    Outstanding, December 31, 2006   9,797,150                  $1.94   1,900,884   $2.96
    Exercisable at December 31, 2006   9,422,983                  $1.93   1,900,884   $2.61
    (a) includes 25,000 warrants issued to employees.                

    F-42


         The following table summarizes information for options and warrants outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006:

            Weighted   Number   Weighted
             Average   Outstanding    Average
        Number   Remaining   and   Remaining
    Exercise Price   Outstanding   Life   Exercisable   Life
    Stock Options:                        
    $0.25-$1.00   3,242,150   .75 years   3,242,150   .75 years
    $1.01-$2.00   3,300,000   5.23 years   3,113,333   5.26 years
    $2.01-$3.00   1,665,000   2.00 years   1,495,000   1.95 years
    $3.01-$4.00   1,410,000   4.24 years   1,392,500   4.24 years
    $4.01-$5.00   155,000   3.22 years   155,000   3.22 years
    $5.01-$6.00   25,000   3.01 years   25,000   3.01 years
    Total   9,797,150   3.02 years   9,422,983   2.99 years
    Warrants:                        
    $0.25-$1.00   106,000   2.00 years   106,000   2.00 years
    $1.01-$2.00   330,000   2.39 years   330,000   2.39 years
    $2.01-$3.00   -   - years   -   - years
    $3.01-$4.00   1,414,884   .77 years   1,414,884   .77 years
    $4.01-$5.00   50,000   4.00 years   50,000   4.00 years
    $5.01-$6.00     years     years
    Total   1,900,884   2.87 years   1,900,884   2.87 years

         The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options and warrants granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 approximated $1.58, $3.82, and $2.52, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, was $0, $2,555,288, and $851,325, respectively.

         A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of December 31, 2006, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is presented below:

            Weighted Average  
        Number of Options    Grant Date Fair Value
    Outstanding, December 31, 2003   3,090,000   $.73
    Granted in 2004   1,370,867   $1.24
    Vested in 2004   (750,001)   $.48
    Forfeited in 2004   -   $-
    Outstanding, December 31, 2004   3,710,866   $.97
    Granted in 2005   275,000   $1.11
    Vested in 2005   (1,044,133)   $.74
    Forfeited in 2005   (50,000)   $.78
    Outstanding, December 31, 2005   2,891,733   $1.08
    Granted in 2006   204,167   $.80
    Vested in 2006   (2,666,731)   $1.05
    Forfeited in 2006   (54,999)   $1.23
    Outstanding, December 31, 2006   374,170   $1.08

    F-43


         As of December 31, 2006, there was $165,368 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

         During 2006, the Company fully vested options on 2,155,000 shares of common stock held by the CEO, CFO, and President. As a result of that modification, the Company recognized additional compensation expense of $1,125,250 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

    (16)Commitments and Contingencies

         The Company has entered into amended five-year employment agreements with its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and President requiring aggregate annual salaries of $910,000 beginning in August 2005.

         For commitments under operating leases, see Note 13. For commitments under the HBK forbearance agreement see Note 10.

    (17)Comprehensive Income (Loss)

         SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income,” establishes a standard for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components within the financial statements. Comprehensive income includes charges and credits to stockholders’ equity that are not the result of transactions with stockholders. Comprehensive income composed of two subsets – net income and other comprehensive income. Included in other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company are cumulative translation adjustments. These adjustments are accumulated within stockholders’ equity.

    Comprehensive income (loss) is as follows:            
        2006   2005   2004
    Net loss   $(26,482,506)   $ (5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
    Foreign currency translation   (835)   16,251   30,415
    Comprehensive income (loss)   $(26,483,341)   $(5,323,127)   $(1,471,067)

    (18) Summarized Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

         Following is a summary of the quarterly results from continuing operations for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. All amounts, except per share data, are in thousands.

        2006  
        (In thousands, except per share data)  
    March 31
    (Restated)
    June 30
    (Restated)
    September 30
    (Restated)
    December 31
    Net revenue   $18,939   $17,272   $15,622   $11,896
    Operating income   $12,099   $(1,387)   $(2,262)   $(43,439)
    Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax   $17,053   $(2,385)   $(6,223)   $(33,192)
    Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax   173   1,836   2,113   (6,129)
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net 992 - - -
    Net income   $18,217   $(549)   $(4,110)   $(44,399)
    Basic earnings per common share:                
         Income (loss) from continuing operations   $0.28   $(0.04)   $(0.10)   $(0.51)
         Income (loss) from discontinued operations   $0.00   $0.03   $0.03   $(0.09)
          Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.02 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
          Net income (loss) $0.30 $(0.01) $(0.07) $(0.60)
    Diluted earnings per share:                

    F-44


         Income from continuing operations   $0.24   $(0.04)   $(0.10)   $(0.51)
         Income from discontinued operations   $0.00   $0.03   $0.03   $(0.09)
          Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle $0.01 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
           Net income (loss) $0.25 $(0.01) $(0.07) $(0.60)
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding   61,599   64,483   64,483   66,826
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding   71,654   64,483   64,483   66,826
     
     
          2005  
        (In thousands, except per share data)
        March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
    Net revenue   $14,237   $15,116   $18,780   $15,415
    Operating income   (14,191)   11,647   11,251   (2,527)
    Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax   $(27,764)   $11,156   $9,215   (2,445)
    Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax   -   (45)   154   36
    Net income   $(27,764)   $11,111   $9,369   (2,409)
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share:                
         Income (loss) from continuing operations   $(0.63)   $(0.22)   $0.17   $(0.04)
         Income from discontinued operations   -   $0.00   $0.00   $0.00
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share:                
         Income (loss) from continuing operations   $(0.63)   $(0.18)   $0.14   $(0.04)
         Income from discontinued operations   -   $0.00   $0.00   $0.00
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding   44,413   51,622   53,496   55,700
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding   44,413   61,804   65,021   55,700
     
     
          2004  
        (In thousands, except per share data)
        March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
    Net revenue   $ 6,860   $ 9,117   $ 10,462   $ 11,479
    Income (loss) from operations   3,808   (648)   11,001   (4,702)
    Net income (loss)   $ 3,442   $ (3,818)   $ 11,910   $ (13,035)
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ 0.13   $ (0.13)   $ 0.38   $ (0.32)
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ 0.11   $ (0.13)   $ 0.31   $ (0.32)
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding   27,377   29,036   31,693   40,981
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding   32,663   29,036   39,266   40,981
     
    (19) Earnings Per Common Share                

         Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of stock options, warrants, convertible debt, and other common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method, and earnings are adjusted for the diluted computation for the assumed non-payment of interest, etc., upon conversion. The shares used in the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per common share are reconciled as follows:

    F-45


         For the Years Ended December 31,
        2006   2005   2004
    Basic earnings per common share            
    Income from continuing operations   $(25,467,245)   $(5,484,004)   $(1,501,482)
    Income (loss) from discontinued operations   (2,007,186)   144,626   -
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal (net of tax of $661,283)   991,925   -   -
    Net loss available to common stockholders   $(26,482,506)   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
    Weighted average common shares   64,600,427   51,316,562   32,923,211
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share            
     Loss from continuing operations before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal   $(0.39)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal $     0.01 $0.00 $0.00
     Loss from discontinued operations   $(0.03)   $0.00   $0.00
     Net loss   $(0.41)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share            
    Net loss available to common stockholders   $(26,482,506)   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
    Plus impact of assumed conversions            
    Net loss available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions   $(26,482,506)   $(5,339,378)   $(1,501,482)
    Weighted average common shares   64,600,427   51,316,562   32,923,211
    Plus incremental shares from assumed conversions            
    Adjusted weighted average shares   64,600,427   51,316,562   32,923,211
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share            
     Loss from continuing operations before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal   $(0.39)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)
    Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal $0.01 - -
     Loss from discontinued operations   $(0.03)   -   -
     Net loss   $(0.41)   $(0.10)   $(0.05)

         Weighted average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution, includes the incremental shares that would be issued

    F-46


    upon the assumed exercise of stock options, warrants, as well as the assumed conversion of the convertible notes. Certain of the Company’s stock options and warrants were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive, but these options could be dilutive in the future. 

    (20)Related Party Transactions

         During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company had transactions with companies owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The following is a summary of transactions with these entities:

        Type of                    
    Practice Name   Practice   Type of Related Party Transaction   2006   2005   2004   As Reported
    Associated Physicians
    Group, Ltd.
    Managed
    Practice
    The Company leases its office space from a limited liability company partially owned by a certain stockholder of the Company. The lease commenced January 1, 2005 for an initial term of ten years with the option to renew for two five year periods.  
     
     
    $73,590
     
     
     
    $108,255
     
     
     
    $ —
     
     
     
    G&A
    The Center for Pain
    Management, LLC
     
    Managed
    Practice
     
    The Company leases certain employees from a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company also charged this entity for the use of its equipment and certain services.    
     
    $2,434,398
     
     
    $674,432
     
     
    $7,755
     
     
    G&A
    The Company has an agreement to outsource its billing and collections function to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company is charged a fee of 8% of net collections under this arrangement.
    * (A)
    * (B)
     
      
     
    $788,133
      
     
    $836,562
      
    $ —
      
      
      
     
    G&A
    Dynamic
    Rehabilitation Centers,
    Inc. 
       
    Managed
    Practice 
      
      
      
    The Company leases its office space from a limited liability company partially owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The lease associated with the Redford location has a ten year term commencing January 1, 2000 with no option to renew. The lease associated with the Clinton Township location commenced October 8, 2004 and expires December 31, 2014.The lease was amended in July 2005 for the occupancy of additional space by the Company.  
      
      
     
    $186,987
      
      
      
      
     
    $182,751
        
      
      
     
    $82,107
     
      
      
      
     
    G&A
     
     
     
     
    The Company provides services for billing, accounting and management oversight to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. Reimbursement for these services are recorded in revenues.
    * (C)
     
     
     
    $757,178
     
     
     
    $885,471
     
     
     
     
     
     
    G&A
    Health Care Center of
    Tampa, Inc.
     
     
    Owned
    Practice
     
     
    The Company has an agreement to outsource its billing and collections function to a limited liability company owned by a certain stockholder of the Company. The Company is charged a fee of 10% of net collections under this arrangement.  
     
     
    $272,708
     
     
     
    $272,708
       
     
     
    $242,661
     
     
     
    G&A
      Rick Taylor, D.O., P.A
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Managed Practice
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    The Company has an agreement to lease an aircraft from a limited liability company owned by a certain stockholder of the Company. The lease agreement was entered into in June 2003 for a period of 60 months. Effective January 1, 2005, the lease payment was lowered to a nominal amount of $1 per year; the Company will continue to pay a third party provider for the related fuel and maintenance cost. Effective January 1, 2004 the lease fee was reduced from the original amount of $12,000 per month to $7,000 per month; maintenance, fuel, insurance recurring training, hangar rental and any other fees required to maintain the aircraft were the responsibility of the Company.  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    $1
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    $ 1
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    $49,000
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    G&A
    Spine and Pain Center,
    P.C.
     
     
    Managed
    Practice
     
     
    The Company leases its office space from a limited liability company partially owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The lease commenced December 23, 2003 and expires December 31, 2008, with no option to renew.  
     
     
    $126,696
     
     
     
    $99,996
     
     
     
    $99,996
     
     
     
    G&A

    F-47


    Lake Worth Surgical
    Center
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Managed
    Practice
     
     
     
     
     
     
      
      
     
    The Company, through a subsidiary, is the majority partner of the PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd. Partnership Dr. Merrill Reuter , the Company’s chairman, is a minority partner of partnership. The Company owns 67.5% and Dr. Reuter owns 9.75% of the partnership. Dr. Reuter received distributions from the partnership of $131,625 representing his share of the profits of the surgery center for the period between May 12, 2005 and December 31, 2005. These distributions are reported as minority interest on the balance sheet.      
     
     
     
     
     
     
    $123,825
      
     
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    $ 131,625
        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
        
     
     
     
     
     
     
    G&A
    The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC    Managed
    Practice
     
      The Company leases certain employees from a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company also charged this entity for the use of its equipment and certain services.   
     
     
    $1,219,704
        
     
    --
        
     
    --
        
     
    G&A
    The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC
     
      
    Managed
    Practice
     
     
    The Company has an agreement to outsource its billing and collections functions to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company is charged a flat fee of $40,000 per month under the arrangement.     
     
     
    $480,000
      
     
     
     
    --
        
     
     
    --
        
     
     
    G&A
    The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC
     
     
    Managed
    Practice
     
     
     
      The Company has an agreement to outsource its non-clinical management and administrative services and support for health care providers to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company is charged a flat fee of $52,500 per month under this arrangement.    
     
     
     
    $630,000
      
     
     
     
     
    --
       
     
     
     
    --
     
     
     
     
    G&A
    Georgia Pain
    Physicians, P.C.
     
      
    Managed
    Practice
     
       The Company has agreements to lease equipment from a limited partnership wholly owned by Dr. Windsor. The lease commenced February 1, 2006 with no expiration date.    
     
    $51,500
       
     
    $27,500
     
     
    $9,750
       
     
    G&A
    Piedmont
     
     
    Managed
    Practice
     
      The Company has an agreement to lease property from a limited liability properties company which is owned by Dr. Cohen. The lease commenced November 1, 2002 and will expire October 31, 2007.   
     
     
    $77,486
       
     
    $21,900
       
     
    --
      
     
     
    G&A
    CareFirst
     
     
       Managed
    Practice
     
      The Company has an agreement to lease property from REC, Inc., in which Dr. Carpenter is the President. The lease commenced on January 4, 2006 and will expire on January 3, 2011.     
     
    $29,000
       
     
    --
       
     
    --
      
     
     
    G&A
    Northeast Pain
    Management
     
      Owned
    Practice
     
      The Company has an agreement to lease property from a limited liability company in which the Zolper family is the sole proprietor. The lease commenced on October 1, 2005 and will expire on September 30, 2007.    
     
    $123,276
        
     
    $60,512
        
     
    --
      
     
     
    G&A
    Bone and Joint Clinic
     
     
      Owned
    Practice
     
       The Company has an agreement to lease property from Dr. Cenac, the sole owner of such property. The lease commenced on January 1, 2004 and will expire on December 31, 2008.    
     
    --
       
     
    $63,192
        
     
    --
       
     
    G&A
    The Center for Pain Management/Care First Practice  Managed
     
     
    The Center for Pain Management entered into an agreement, through its limited liability company, to handle all billing services for CareFirst Medical Associates and Pain Rehabilitation. The agreement commenced on June 12, 2006 and will expire on June 11, 2011.    
     
    $20,683
     
     
    --
       
     
    --
       
     
    G&A
    Georgia Pain Physicians, P.C.
     
     
      Owned
    Practice
     
     
      The Company entered into property lease agreements with Windsor Family Limited Partnership leasing both a storage unit and office space with commencement dates of September 30, 2003 and June 1, 2006 respectively. These leases expire September 30, 2008 and June 1, 2011 respectively.    
     
     
    $30,243
        
     
     
    $14,400
       
     
     
    $7,200
       
     
     
     
     
    G&A
    Bone and Joint Clinic
     
     
      Owned
    Practice
     
    Dr. Cenac entered into an agreement to lease office space to his son. The lease commenced on September 1, 2005 and expired on December 31, 2006.  
     
    $300,000
       
     
    $100,000
     
     
    --
     
     
    G&A
    Health Care Center of Tampa, Inc.  Owned
    Practice
     
    The Company entered into a property leasing agreement with Dr. Khan leasing office space with a commencement date of January 1, 2004. The lease expires on December 31, 2008.  
     
    $116,424
     
     
    $110,880
     
     
    $105,600
       
     
    G&A

    (A)      The Company has the option to purchase a ‘Competitive Business Opportunity” (CBO) from stockholders of the Company who are currently operating a competitive rehabilitation clinic that fall outside a ten mile radius from the Center for Pain Management, LLC clinics. The Company has an option to purchase the CBO at market rates similar to the original acquisition. There is no guarantee that the option will be exercised by the Company, nor is the purchase price discounted for the Company should they choose to execute the option to purchase.
     
    (B)      The Company has the option to purchase a “Competitive Business Opportunity” (CBO) from stockholders of the Company who are currently operating a competitive surgery center that fall outside a ten mile radius from the Center for Pain Management, LLC clinics. The Company has an option to purchase the CBO at market rates similar to the original acquisition. There is no guarantee that the option will be exercised by the Company, nor is the purchase price discounted for the Company should they choose to execute the option to purchase.

    F-48


    (C)      The Company has the option to purchase a “Competitive Business Opportunity” (CBO) from stockholders of the Company who are currently operating competitive rehabilitation clinics that fall outside a ten mile radius from the Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers, Inc. The Company has an option to purchase the CBO at market rates similar to the original acquisition. There is no guarantee that the option will be exercised by the Company, nor is the purchase price discounted for the Company should they choose to execute the option to purchase.

    (21) Subsequent Events

         On October 14, 2005, PainCare Holdings, Inc. ("PainCare"), PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (the "PainCare Sub," and together with PainCare the "PainCare Parties"), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. (the “Original Practice”), Therapeutic Management, Inc. (“TMI”), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D. (“Centeno”), John Schultz, M.D. (“Schultz”), and Centeno Schultz, Inc. (“CSI”, and together with the Original Practice, Centeno, Schultz and TMI, the “Centeno Parties”), effected a transaction (the “Purchase Transaction”) by which (i) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets of the Original Practice, pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, Centeno, Schultz and CSI; (ii) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets of TMI pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, TMI and Centeno; and (iii) CSI and the PainCare Sub entered into that certain Management Services Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the PainCare Sub managed the business operations of CSI.

         On February 28, 2007, the PainCare Parties and the Centeno Parties entered into a Settlement Agreement (the "Settlement Agreement") and several ancillary documents (the "Settlement Transaction") pursuant to which said parties rescinded the Purchase Transaction and terminated all agreements among them. To effectuate the rescission of the Purchase Transaction, (i) the PainCare Sub sold, and the Original Practice purchased, substantially all of the assets of the PainCare Sub for a purchase price of the lesser of $250,000 or the total amount of proceeds generated from the sale of certain shares of common stock of PainCare (the "PainCare Shares") issued to the Centeno Parties in the Purchase Transaction, and (ii) in exchange for the agreement of the PainCare Parties to terminate the Management Agreement and any and all other agreements between CSI and the PainCare Parties, CSI paid the PainCare Parties $750,000 plus all remaining proceeds in excess of $250,000 from the sale of the PainCare Shares.

    HBK Notice of Default

        On March 21, 2007 PainCare Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") received a notice of default (the "HBK Notice") from HBK Investments L.P. (the "Agent") with respect to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated May 11, 2005, as amended (the "Loan Agreement"), entered into by the Company, the Company's subsidiaries, the Agent, HBK Master Fund L.P., ("HBK-MF") and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. ("Del Mar," and together with HBK-MF the "Lenders").

         The HBK Notice further provides that (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable.

    CPM Notice of Default

         On March 15, 2007, the Company received a notice of breach and default (the "CPM Notice") from The Center for Pain Management, LLC ("CPM") with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "APA") entered into by the Company, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the "Members").

        The CPM Notice further provides that unless the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice are cured by the Company, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the "Pledge Agreement") entered into by the Company and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary.

    Convertible Debentures

         Pursuant to certain convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP, the Company is currently in technical default because the Company is in default with its primary lender.  As of March 28, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

    (22)
    Litigation

    Securities Litigation and Derivative Actions

         We have become aware of eleven putative class action lawsuits and one derivative action filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. We understand that the lawsuits arose in connection with our determination to restate certain of our historical financial statements. We believe that the lawsuits lack merit and we have engaged the international law firm of McDermott Will & Emery LLP to vigorously defend against such allegations and claims. There can be no assurance at this time how the lawsuits in question will ultimately be resolved, or the impact, if any, such resolutions will have on our operations and/or financial condition.

         On March 21, 2006, Roy Thomas Mould filed a complaint under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 against the Company, as well as the Company's chief executive officer and chief financial officer, before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Mould v. PainCare Holdings, Inc., et al., Case No. 06-CV-00362-JA-DAB. Mr. Mould alleges material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with the Company's financial statements which appear to relate principally to the Company's previously announced intention to restate certain past financial statements. Ten additional complaints were filed shortly afterward before the same court which recite similar allegations. (Collectively, these cases will be referred to as the “Securities Litigation.”) Lead counsel was selected, a consolidated complaint was filed, the Company moved to dismiss, and oral argument on the motion was held on January 17, 2007 before the Magistrate Judge, and we are awaiting the issuance of the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation. In the consolidated complaint, the lead plaintiff seeks unspecified

    F-49


    damages and purports to represent a class of shareholders who purchased the Company’s common stock from March 24, 2003 to March 15, 2006. The Company cannot predict the outcome of the Securities Litigation, but legal counsel has advised us that it believes that the allegations lack merit and will vigorously defend against them.

         On April 7, 2006, Kenneth R. Cope filed a derivative complaint against the directors of the Company before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Cope v. Reuter, et al., Case No. 06-CV-00449-JA-DAB. Mr. Cope alleges that the directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to supervise and manage the operations of the company, among other claims. (This litigation is referred to as the “Derivative Action.”)

         On March 30, 2006, and May 3, 2006, two purported shareholders of the Company made separate demands on the Company’s board of directors. These demands raised many if not all of the same issues as the Derivative Action, but asked the independent directors to investigate the charges and to take “legal actions against those individuals responsible.”

         In accordance with governing Florida law, the Company formed a special committee of independent directors (Tom Crane, Jay Rosen and Aldo Berti) to review and investigate the two derivative demands and the allegations of the derivative complaint, to oversee settlement discussions and to make recommendations concerning the handling of the demands and the complaints to the full board of directors. To assist with this charge, the special committee retained the law firm of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell.

         In November of 2006, the Company and the plaintiff in the Derivative Action entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise, Settlement and Release, filed on November 30, 2006, and conditioned upon court approval. Concurrently with the filing of the foregoing agreement, the parties jointly moved from preliminary court approval, and thereafter, for final approval following notice to the Company’s shareholders. On January 12, 2007, the court preliminary approved the Stipulation and Agreement and set a hearing on April 20, 2007, for final approval.

         Further, the Company has received demands from Dr. Wright, The Centeno Group, and the Amphora Group related to alleged misrepresentations. With regard to these demands, no demand for monetary damages has been made nor has litigation been commenced, and the demands from Dr. Wright and the Amphora Group have since been resolved. The Company disputes the basis of any claim, and it is premature to be able to estimate the potential exposure, if any.

         The Company resolved the derivative law suit related to its financial restatements; the Court is set to grant final approval of the resolution on April 28, 2007.

         On September 20, 2006, a motion to dismiss the pending securities class action was filed with the Federal District Court. Subsequently, the District Court referred the matter to a Federal Magistrate for a hearing, report and recommendation. On January 17, 2007, the Magistrate held a hearing and took the matter under submission. On March 26, 2007, the Magistrate issued a report which recommended that the District Court dismiss all outstanding claims with leave to amend. While the Company is confident that the District Court will adopt the recommendation in whole, the recommendation is subject to possible objection by the plaintiff and review by the District Court before becoming a final order. The District Court could adopt, modify or reject the Magistrate's recommendation.

    Other Matters

         The Company and one of its subsidiaries are defendants in a lawsuit arising from business operations. It is the opinion of management that the final outcome of this matter will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of the Company.

         All of the above legal actions have been referred to outside legal counsel. Counsel has advised the Company that it is unable to opine on the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome; therefore, the Company’s financial statements are affected by an uncertainty the outcome of which is not susceptible of reasonable estimation. Consequently the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include an accrual for any loss that may result from the ultimate outcome of these actions. The ultimate outcome of these matters may have a material effect on the financial position and/or the results of operations for the Company.

    (23) Retirement Plans

         Some of the physician practices that have management contracts with the Company sponsor separate tax-qualified defined contribution plans benefiting their employees. Participant eligibility criteria amounts and vesting varies by physician practices. Contributions made by the physician practices to these plans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $175,840, $541,298, and $19,564, respectively.

    F-50


    (24)Operating Segment and Geographic Information

         The Company presents three categories of revenue in its statement of operations: pain management, surgeries and ancillary services. Pain management revenue is derived from owned and managed practices, which provide pain management services. Surgery revenue is derived from our owned and managed practices, which primarily provide surgical services. Ancillary service revenue is derived from our owned and managed practices and limited management practices, which provide one or more of ancillary services, including: orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint therapy and diagnostic imagery. Cost of revenue is primarily physicians’ salaries and medical supplies.

         Set forth below are revenues, expenses and operating income classified by the type of service performed, as well as the expenses allocated to the corporate office.

         For the year ended December 31, 2006 (in thousands)  
        Pain Mgmt   Surgeries   Ancillary
    Services
      Corporate and Other   Total
    Revenues   $46,093   $5,348   $12,288    $--   $63,729
    Gross profit   33,233   2,760   7,466   --   43,459
    General & administrative expenses   23,898   3,234   1,330   11,376   39,828
    Amortization   30,454   27   1,754   4,013   36,258
    Depreciation   1,063   93   352   853   2,361
    Operating income (loss)   $(22,182)   $(594)   $4,030    $(16,242)   $(34,988)

           For the year ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands)  
        Pain Mgmt   Surgeries   Ancillary
    Services
      Corporate   Total
    Revenues   $43,269   $6,165   $14,114   $—   $ 63,548
    Gross profit   36,632   5,110   10,256     51,998
    General and administrative expenses   17,086   3,152   6,228   12,045   38,511
    Amortization   550       979   1,529
    Depreciation   478   66   235   646   1,425
    Operating income (loss)   $18,518   $1,892   $3,793   $(13,670)   $ 10,533

           For the year ended December 31, 2004 (in thousands)  
        Pain Mgmt   Surgeries   Ancillary
    Services
      Corporate    Total
    Revenues   $22,317   $5,203   $10,398   $—   $37,918
    Gross profit   18,249   4,607   8,398    

    31,254

    General and administrative expenses   8,002   2,613   3,571   6,223   20,409
    Amortization         549   549
    Depreciation   132   72   128   505   837
    Operating income (loss)   $10,115   $1,922   $4,699   $(7,277)   $9,459

         Pain management revenue, expense and income are attributable to four owned and 12 managed practices that primarily offer physician services for pain management and physiatry. With respect to one managed practice, only the revenue recognized from management fees earned.

    Surgery revenue, expense and income are attributable to one owned and two managed practice that offer surgical

    F-51


    physician services, including minimally invasive spine surgery.

         Ancillary services revenue, expense and income are attributable to five managed practices that primarily offer orthopedic rehabilitation services and 35 practices under limited management agreements, including orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint therapy and real estate services. Separate financial results for the Canadian subsidiary are not presented, since operations outside of the U.S. are immaterial to total operations.

    (25) Discontinued Operations

         PainCare Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, provides healthcare services for the treatment of pain through physician practices and surgery centers in North America and Canada. PainCare’s surgery segment constitutes a component of the entity because the operations of and cash flows of the surgery segment can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity.

         With the intention of narrowing our core business strategy and to reduce debt obligations, PainCare’s management decided during 2006 that the ambulatory surgery centers ("ASC's) no longer fit the Company’s acquisition model, and committed to a plan to sell the ASC’s. PainCare's ambulatory surgery centers, which are consolidated through the ancillary services segment, are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The operations and cash flows of these ASC’s will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of the sale transaction, and PainCare anticipates that it will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the product group after it is sold. Therefore PainCare is reporting the results of operations of the component, including any gain or loss, in discontinued operations, as per the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 .

         In accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired when the fair value less costs to sell of the assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. During 2006, the Company developed a plan to sell three ASC’s with the intention of using the proceeds to pay off debt obligations. The Company plans to sell the ASC’s during the first half of 2007 and has estimated the sales value, net of related costs to sell, at amounts derived from preliminary discussions with investment bankers. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $2,297,013 in 2006 which was attributed to one of the ASC’s. The write down was based on the Company’s best estimate of the fair value of the surgery centers less costs to sell. The amount included in discontinued operations could be adjusted if actual results differ from current estimates.

        On February 1, 2006, the Company and PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. ("PCN," and together with the Company the "Paincare Parties") acquired a 60% interest (the "Amphora Transaction") in Amphora LLC ("Amphora") from Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., and Richard A. Flores (collectively the "Members") pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the "Amphora Purchase Agreement"), for a combination of cash and shares of common stock of the Company and the obligation to make certain additional payments post closing (the "Purchase Price"). The Paincare Parties and the Members have entered into an agreement providing for the rescission of the Amphora Transaction (the "Rescission Agreement"). Pursuant to the terms of the Rescission Agreement (i) the Amphora Purchase Agreement was rescinded, (ii) the Members paid the Paincare Parties a sum of $1,400,000 and returned to the Paincare Parties 1,035,032 shares of common stock of the Company, (iii) the Company delivered to the Members a noncompetition agreement, and (iv) the parties entered into mutual releases. The description of the Rescission Agreement set forth herein is qualified in its entirety by the specific terms of the Rescission Agreement   

        The results of the discontinued operations of Amphora and the ASC’s after satisfying all the above businesses, included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

         2006      2005
        Amphora    ASC's     Total      PCSI
    Net Revenues:                
       Ancillary Services   $3,812,504   $16,598,101   $20,410,605   $5,115,484
    Cost of revenue and operating expenses   2,266,710   11,531,482   13,798,192   3,068,079
       Operating income (expense)   1,545,794   5,066,619   6,612,413   2,047,405
    Other income (loss)   -   (4,633,752)   (4,633,752)   (1,500,114)
       Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and minority interest   1,545,794   432,867   1,978,661   547,291
    Benefit (provision) for income taxes   (483,973)   392,843   ( 91,130)   184,972
       Income (loss) before minority interest   1,061,821   825,710   1,887,531   732,263
    Minority interest in earnings of discontinued operations   618,318   1,605,678   2,223,996   587,637
       Income (loss) from discontinued operations   443,503   (779,968)   (336,465)   144,626
    Loss from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax   1,670,721   -   1,670,721   -

    F-52


    Total income (loss) from discontinued operations   $(1,227,218)   $ (779,968)   $(2,007,186)   $144,626
     
     
    The assets and liabilities of Amphora and the ASC's businesses included in the            
    consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:            
     
                 2006   2005
    Assets                
    Cash           $389,905   205,385
    Accounts receivable           6,629,433   4,624,705
    Deposits and prepaids           350,486   442,953
    Deferred taxes           1,113,086   -
    Current assets of discontinued operations           8,482,910   5,273,043
     
    Property and equipment, net           1,110,898   889,640
    Goodwill           26,040,567   13,928,431
    Other assets           740,888   457,454
    Non-current deferred tax assets           852.711   735,287 
    Non-current assets of discontinued operations           28,745,064   16,010,812
     
    Total assets of discontinued operations           37,227,974  21,283,855
     
    Liabilities                
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           533,973   434,754
    Current portion of capital lease obligations           18,367   122,597
    Current liabilities of discontinued operations           552,340   557,351
     
    Capital lease obligations           32,609   41,749
    Long term liabilities of discontinued operations           32,609   41,749
     
    Total liabilities of discontinued operations           584,949   599,100
     
    Minority interest in discontinued operations           2,191,797   1,763,838
    Book value of net assets $34,451,228 $ 18,920,917
     

         The discontinued operations of the ASC’s were allocated the debt of $27,084,377 and $22,385,987 computing for the purpose of interest expense respectively, for 2006 and 2005. This was allocated because the Company is required by our senior lender HBK Investments to repay their note upon the sale of the ASC’s. As a result, interest expense of $4,646,963 and $1,500,914, respectively, has been included in the results of the discontinued operations recorded as held for sale.

          The following table shows the components of the loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes as of December 31, 2006:

    F-53


    Proceeds   $ 1,400,001
    Book value of net assets disposed   (4,200,156)
    Cost of disposition   16,517
    Loss on sale of discontinued operations   (2,783,639)
    Income taxes   1,112,918
    Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net   $(1,670,721)

    F-54